WO2013111836A1 - Method for preparing polyimide varnish, and liquid crystal aligning agent - Google Patents

Method for preparing polyimide varnish, and liquid crystal aligning agent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013111836A1
WO2013111836A1 PCT/JP2013/051508 JP2013051508W WO2013111836A1 WO 2013111836 A1 WO2013111836 A1 WO 2013111836A1 JP 2013051508 W JP2013051508 W JP 2013051508W WO 2013111836 A1 WO2013111836 A1 WO 2013111836A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polyimide
liquid crystal
varnish
solution
spi
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/051508
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宏之 桜井
尚宏 野田
皇晶 筒井
Original Assignee
日産化学工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学工業株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学工業株式会社
Priority to CN201380016641.XA priority Critical patent/CN104245843A/en
Priority to KR1020147023414A priority patent/KR102000322B1/en
Priority to JP2013555312A priority patent/JP6083388B2/en
Publication of WO2013111836A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013111836A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1042Copolyimides derived from at least two different tetracarboxylic compounds or two different diamino compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • C08G73/1078Partially aromatic polyimides wholly aromatic in the diamino moiety
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/02Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group

Definitions

  • This liquid crystal alignment film is generally produced by performing a so-called “rubbing process” in which the surface of a polyimide film formed on a substrate with electrodes is rubbed against the surface with rayon or nylon cloth. Yes.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film for VA Vertical Alignment: vertical alignment
  • a photo alignment film that imparts anisotropy to the film surface by irradiating polarized UV and aligns the liquid crystal have attracted attention.
  • a method of forming a polyimide film to be a liquid crystal alignment film on a substrate with electrodes using a liquid crystal alignment agent using a varnish prepared containing a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid (also referred to as polyamic acid), A method of producing the coating film and imidizing on the substrate is known.
  • a polyimide that has been imidized in advance is dissolved in a solvent to prepare a so-called solvent-soluble polyimide varnish, and a polyimide film is formed using a liquid crystal aligning agent using the polyimide varnish. is there.
  • a method for solving such a problem a method of obtaining a liquid crystal aligning agent by blending a polyimide precursor with a varnish prepared by dissolving polyimide in a solvent has been proposed (for example, see Patent Document 1).
  • a method of obtaining a liquid crystal aligning agent by blending polyimides having different imidization ratios has been proposed.
  • These liquid crystal aligning agents form a polyimide film using phase separation to obtain a liquid crystal aligning film.
  • the conventional liquid crystal aligning agent using phase separation is liable to cause a problem of whitening due to moisture absorption and precipitation of aggregates during printing on a substrate for forming a coating film.
  • liquid crystal aligning agent which is prepared from a polyimide varnish, suppresses generation
  • the present invention has the following gist.
  • a method for preparing a polyimide varnish comprising imidizing each of the polyimide precursors in a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors, and dissolving and containing two or more types of polyimides.
  • a liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to (12) or (13).
  • Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 conventionally, a liquid crystal aligning agent containing two or more types of polyimide is known, but a conventional polyimide varnish containing two or more types of polyimide is Separately prepare solutions containing two or more kinds of polyimide precursors, perform imidization separately in each solution, and then perform polyimide recovery and purification of the polyimide for each of the obtained polyimide solutions. . And each obtained polyimide is dissolved in a solvent, and two or more types of polyimide solutions corresponding to the number of types of polyimide are obtained.
  • the two or more kinds of polyimides mean those having different structures of polyimide precursors as corresponding raw materials. That is, the raw material of the polyimide precursor, which is different from the type of tetracarboxylic acid dihydrate and diamine, and those composed of the same tetracarboxylic acid dihydrate and diamine combination, each having a different ratio It becomes another kind of polyimide precursor.
  • the polyimide precursor is a polyamic acid and / or a polyamic acid ester.
  • a particularly preferred polyimide precursor is polyamic acid.
  • two or more kinds of polyimides or two or more kinds of polyimide precursors are usually two kinds, but depending on circumstances, three or more kinds or even four or more kinds may be used. .
  • the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, imidization and subsequent recovery and purification need only be performed once even if it contains two or more types of polyimide.
  • the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention can improve the production efficiency as compared with the conventional method, and can reduce the amount of solvent and catalyst required for imidization.
  • the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of the present invention has a great advantage in terms of manufacturing as compared with the conventional method.
  • the raw material tetracarboxylic dianhydride or its derivative and diamine may be appropriately selected according to the polyimide varnish containing two or more types of polyimide to be produced. it can.
  • a method for preparing a solution containing two or more kinds of polyimide precursors for two or more kinds of polyimides to be contained in a polyimide varnish, a solution containing a polyimide precursor corresponding to each is separately prepared, and the solutions are mixed with each other. Is possible.
  • a solution containing a polyimide precursor corresponding to at least one of two or more types of polyimide to be contained in the polyimide varnish is prepared, and an isolated polyimide precursor corresponding to another polyimide is added to the solution. It is also possible to prepare a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors by dissolving them.
  • a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a desired structure or a derivative thereof is selected, and a diamine having a desired structure is selected correspondingly.
  • they are reacted with each other in an appropriate solvent and polymerized to obtain a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid having a desired structure in a solution state.
  • a plurality of types of solutions containing polyimide precursors having different structures are obtained.
  • the polyimide precursor is recovered from the solution, and after necessary purification and the like, the recovered polyimide precursor may be used for the preparation of the polyimide varnish.
  • the polyimide precursor can be dissolved again in a desired solvent, and the resulting polyimide precursor solution can be used to prepare a polyimide varnish.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride it is preferable to use tetracarboxylic dianhydride as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a desired structure or a derivative thereof.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines that can be selected and diamine will be specifically described below.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to be reacted with the diamine is not particularly limited. Specific examples are given below.
  • Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic structure include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane.
  • Tetracarboxylic dianhydride 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetra Carboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic Acid dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexylsuccinic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride, 1, , 3,4-Butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-dicyclo
  • Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can also be used.
  • An aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be used in addition to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having the alicyclic structure or the aliphatic structure. If aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is used in this way, the liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent using the resulting polyimide varnish will improve the liquid crystal alignment and reduce the accumulated charge of the liquid crystal display element. Can be made.
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides examples include pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyl.
  • Tetracarboxylic dianhydride 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dianhydride, 1,2,5,6-naphthalene Examples thereof include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene.
  • CBDA 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • TDA succinic dianhydride
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • TCA 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride
  • TDA succinic dianhydride
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • TCA 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride
  • the polyamic acid obtained by using these is converted into polyimide, and is particularly suitable for realizing a polyimide varnish that has excellent printability and suppresses the formation of aggregates when a coating film is formed on the substrate.
  • Tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a liquid crystal alignment film formed from a liquid crystal aligning agent that uses the polyimide varnish obtained while considering the printability of the resulting polyimide varnish and the effect of suppressing the formation of aggregates during coating formation.
  • a liquid crystal aligning agent that uses the polyimide varnish obtained while considering the printability of the resulting polyimide varnish and the effect of suppressing the formation of aggregates during coating formation.
  • one kind or two or more kinds can be used in combination.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides When two or more kinds of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are used in combination to form a single polyimide precursor, the above-described 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), 3, 4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride (TDA), pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetate dianhydride
  • TDA 4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • TCA 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • TDA 4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetra
  • a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester that is a derivative of tetracarboxylic dianhydride in order to obtain a polyamic acid ester that is a polyimide precursor, a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester that is a derivative of tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be used.
  • the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester that can be used is not particularly limited. Specific examples are given below.
  • aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid diester examples include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2 , 3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy- 1-cyclohexyl succinic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester examples include pyromellitic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester Bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dialkyl ester, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dialkyl ester, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,6, Dialkyl 7-naphthalenetetracar
  • the diamine which can be used for reaction with tetracarboxylic dianhydride etc. is not specifically limited. Selection is preferably made to correspond to the desired polyimide precursor structure. Specific examples of diamines that can be selected are as follows.
  • aromatic diamines examples include o-phenylene diamine, m-phenylene diamine, p-phenylene diamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 3,5-diaminotoluene, 1,4-diamino- 2-methoxybenzene, 2,5-diamino-p-xylene, 1,3-diamino-4-chlorobenzene, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 4,4 ′ -Diamino-1,2-diphenylethane, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbibenzyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diamino-3
  • aromatic-aliphatic diamines examples include diamines represented by the following formula [DAM].
  • Ar represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring
  • R 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • aromatic-aliphatic diamine examples include 3-aminobenzylamine, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 4-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 3-aminophenethylamine, 4 -Aminophenethylamine, 3-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 4-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 3- (3-aminopropyl) aniline, 4- (3-aminopropyl) aniline, 3- (3-methylaminopropyl) ) Aniline, 4- (3-methylaminopropyl) aniline, 3- (4-aminobutyl) aniline, 4- (4-aminobutyl) aniline, 3- (4-methylaminobutyl) aniline, 4- (4- Methylaminobutyl) aniline, 3- (5-aminopentyl) aniline, 4- (5-aminopen) L) aniline, 3- (5-methylaminopenty
  • aliphatic diamines examples include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,3-diamino-2,2-dimethylpropane, 1,6-diamino-2,5-dimethylhexane, 1,7- Diamino-2,5-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-4,4-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-3-methylheptane, 1,9-diamino-5-methylnonane, 1,12-diaminododecane, Examples thereof include 1,18-diaminooc
  • the diamine that can be selected has an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, and a macrocyclic substituent composed of these in the side chain.
  • a diamine compound may be used in combination. Specifically, diamines represented by the following formulas [DA-1] to [DA-40] can be exemplified.
  • R 6 represents an alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • S 5 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO—, or NH— and R 6 is an alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • S 6 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 —, or CH 2 OCO—
  • R 7 Is an alkyl group, alkoxy group, fluorine-containing alkyl group or fluorine-containing alkoxy group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • S 7 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, or CH 2 —
  • R 8 is an alkyl group, alkoxy group, fluorine-containing alkyl group, or fluorine-containing alkoxy group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • S 8 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O—, or NH—
  • R 9 is fluorine, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, azo, formyl, acetyl, acetoxy Group or hydroxyl group.
  • the following diamines may be used in combination as the selectable diamine.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 5).
  • [DA-31] and [DA-32] are liquid crystals that use a liquid crystal aligning film formed from a liquid crystal aligning agent that uses the polyimide varnish obtained by the polyimide varnish preparation method of the present invention.
  • the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the display element can be improved.
  • it is preferable to use [DA-39] or [DA-40] because it is effective in reducing the accumulated charge of the liquid crystal display element.
  • examples of a diamine that can be selected include diaminosiloxanes represented by the following formula [DA-41].
  • m is an integer of 1 to 10.
  • the diamine is a single polyimide precursor depending on the liquid crystal alignment properties of the liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained using the polyimide varnish, voltage holding, accumulated charge and the like.
  • the diamine is a single polyimide precursor depending on the liquid crystal alignment properties of the liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained using the polyimide varnish, voltage holding, accumulated charge and the like.
  • a known synthesis method can be used to obtain a polyimide precursor by reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine.
  • a method in which tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine are reacted in an organic solvent is preferable in that the reaction proceeds relatively efficiently in an organic solvent and generation of by-products is small.
  • the organic solvent used for the reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine is not particularly limited as long as the produced polyamic acid can be dissolved.
  • Specific examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, dimethylsulfone, hexamethylsulfoxide, ⁇ - Butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride and / or diamine when they are composed of a plurality of types of compounds, they may be reacted in a premixed state, may be individually reacted sequentially, or may be further reacted individually.
  • the body may be mixed and reacted to form a high molecular weight body.
  • the temperature for reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine can be arbitrarily selected within the range of ⁇ 20 to 150 ° C., but in the range of ⁇ 5 to 100 ° C. in consideration of the reaction efficiency. Is preferred.
  • reaction can be performed by arbitrary density
  • the ratio of the number of moles of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to the normal polycondensation reaction, the closer the molar ratio is to 1, the higher the degree of polymerization of the polymer produced. When the degree of polymerization is too small, the strength of the polyimide coating film by the formed polyimide varnish is insufficient, and when the degree of polymerization is too large, workability at the time of forming the polyimide coating film may be deteriorated.
  • each of these solutions is mixed to obtain one reaction solution.
  • each of the solutions containing the polyimide precursor is diluted with an appropriate solvent such as the above-described solvent, and these solutions are mixed to obtain one reaction solution.
  • concentration of the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is preferably 1 to 12% by mass.
  • concentration of the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is lower than 1% by mass, the interaction between the polyimide precursors becomes weak, and in the resulting polyimide varnish, sufficient printability improvement effect and aggregates at the time of coating film formation The characteristic that it is difficult to form is not fully realized, and the filterability at the time of recovery of the powdered polyimide obtained on the way is deteriorated.
  • concentration of the polyimide precursor in a reaction solution is higher than 12 mass%, when collect
  • the concentration of the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is more preferably 3 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 8% by mass.
  • the reaction solution obtained as described above is allowed to elapse for 10 minutes to 12 hours before imidizing each polyimide precursor in the reaction solution, as described later. Is preferred.
  • the elapsed time from the reaction solution to imidization is shorter than 10 minutes, the resulting polyimide varnish sufficiently realizes the effect of improving the printability and that it is difficult to form agglomerates during coating formation.
  • elapsed time exceeds 12 hours, preparation of a polyimide varnish will take time too much, and the productivity of a polyimide varnish will fall.
  • the elapsed time until imidization after obtaining the reaction solution is more preferably 30 minutes to 6 hours, and further preferably 1 to 5 hours.
  • reaction solution after obtaining the reaction solution, it is preferable that the reaction solution is stirred until imidization is performed. Moreover, when it is going to shorten the elapsed time until imidation after obtaining the reaction solution, it is preferable to raise the temperature of the reaction solution from room temperature, for example, in a range in which imidization does not proceed.
  • Examples of the method for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidation in which the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor is heated as it is, catalyst imidization in which a catalyst is added to the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor, and the like.
  • the temperature for thermal imidization in the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor is 100 to 400 ° C., preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and it is performed while removing water generated by the imidation reaction from the reaction system. preferable.
  • the catalytic imidation of the polyimide precursor is performed by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C, preferably 0 to 180 ° C. Can do.
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times the amidic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol times the amido group. 30 mole times.
  • Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like, and among them, pyridine is preferable in that it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction.
  • Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferable in that purification after the completion of the reaction is easy.
  • the imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
  • the polyimide is recovered from the obtained polyimide solution.
  • the recovered polyimide is, for example, powdered polyimide, and includes two or more types of polyimides having different structures corresponding to two or more types of polyimide precursors having different structures.
  • the polyimide solution may be poured into a poor solvent and precipitated.
  • the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and water.
  • the polymer put into a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration, and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
  • impurities in the polymer can be reduced.
  • the molecular weight of each polyimide contained in the powdered polyimide is the weight measured by the GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the film obtained using the polyimide, the workability at the time of forming the coating film, and the uniformity of the coating film.
  • the average molecular weight is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
  • the powdered polyimide containing two or more kinds of recovered polyimide dissolves the polyimide powder in the solvent that can be used for the above-described synthesis reaction of the polyimide precursor. It is dissolved in a solvent that can. And in the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention, it can be set as the state which dissolved 2 or more types of polyimide in the solvent, and can prepare a polyimide varnish.
  • the imidation ratio of the polyimide precursor varies depending on the application and purpose, but is preferably adjusted in the range of 40 to 90%, more preferably 45 to 85%.
  • two or more types of polyimides corresponding to the type of polyimide precursor are collected, for example, as powders.
  • the collected plural kinds of powdery polyimides are mixed to obtain a mixed polyimide powder.
  • a mixing means such as stirring for 15 minutes or more with a stirring bar or the like is used.
  • the polyimide varnish of the present invention in which two or more kinds of polyimides are dissolved can be prepared by dissolving the obtained mixed polyimide powder in a solvent.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine that can be selected can be the same as the method for preparing the polyimide varnish described above. And like the preparation method of the polyimide varnish mentioned above, they are made to react and the solution containing a polyimide precursor can be similarly prepared.
  • the imidation of the polyimide precursor contained in each solution can be performed in the same manner as the imidization in the reaction solution in the above-described method for preparing a polyimide varnish.
  • dissolve the mixed polyimide powder, such as a solvent that can be used for the synthesis reaction of the polyimide precursor in the same manner as the polyimide varnish preparation method described above. It is dissolved in a solvent capable of
  • two or more kinds of polyimides are dissolved in a solvent, and a polyimide varnish of another example can be prepared.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is manufactured using the polyimide varnish obtained by the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention. That is, the polyimide varnish obtained by the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention can be used as it is as the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention. Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention can also be manufactured by diluting the polyimide varnish obtained by the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention with the suitable solvent mentioned later. Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention can also be manufactured by further adding the additive mentioned later to the polyimide varnish obtained by the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is a coating liquid for forming the liquid crystal aligning film used for a liquid crystal display element, and is a solution in which polymers, such as a polyimide contained in the said polyimide varnish, melt
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is excellent in printability while suppressing generation
  • the solid content concentration in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be appropriately changed depending on the setting of the thickness of the liquid crystal aligning film formed using the same, but is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. It is more preferable to set it as 8 mass%. When the solid content concentration is less than 0.5% by mass, it is difficult to form a uniform and defect-free coating film. When the solid content concentration exceeds 10% by mass, the storage stability of the solution may be deteriorated.
  • the term “solid content” as used herein refers to a component obtained by removing the solvent from the liquid crystal aligning agent, and means a polymer such as polyimide as described above and an additive described later.
  • the solvent that can be used in the production of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that dissolves the resin component. Specific examples are given below.
  • solvents that can be used include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N -Vinylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfone, hexamethyl sulfoxide, ⁇ -butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3- Butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, cyclohexanone
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention can contain an additive.
  • additives include solvents and compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when a liquid crystal aligning agent is applied, compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film to be formed and the substrate, and thermal stability.
  • an antioxidant for improving the light resistance and a light stabilizer for improving the light resistance.
  • the following are mentioned as a specific example of the solvent (poor solvent) which improves the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness.
  • These poor solvents may be used alone or in combination.
  • the above solvent it is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.
  • Examples of compounds that improve film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. More specifically, for example, F-top (registered trademark) EF301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430 FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710, Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent
  • the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds and epoxy group-containing compounds.
  • the compound that improves the thermal stability include the following phenol compounds.
  • Examples of compounds that improve light resistance include the following hindered amine compounds.
  • hindered amine compounds For example, bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6 , 6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) [[3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butyl malonate, 1- [2- [3- (3,5- Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -2,2,6,6- Tetramethylpiperidine and the like can be mentioned.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be applied to a substrate, dried and fired to form a coating film, and the coating film surface is subjected to an alignment treatment such as rubbing treatment or light irradiation to form a liquid crystal alignment film. can do. It is preferable to filter the liquid crystal aligning agent before applying to the substrate.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention suppresses the generation of aggregates and is excellent in printability, and the liquid crystal alignment film formed therefrom is excellent in in-plane uniformity of characteristics as a liquid crystal alignment film such as a film thickness. Yes.
  • substrate can be used as a board
  • a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can be used in addition to a glass substrate.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention in manufacture of a liquid crystal display element, it is preferable to form a liquid crystal aligning film using the board
  • an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can be used as long as only one substrate is used. In this case, a material that reflects light such as aluminum may be used for the electrode. it can.
  • the method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention on the substrate is not particularly limited, but industrially, methods such as screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, or ink jet method are common. As other coating methods, there are a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method, a spray method, and the like, and these may be used according to the purpose. Even if the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is a case where the above apply
  • the drying process after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not necessarily required, but if the time from application to baking is not constant for each substrate, or if baking is not performed immediately after application, a drying process is included. Is preferred.
  • the drying is not particularly limited as long as the solvent is evaporated to such an extent that the shape of the coating film is not deformed by transporting the substrate or the like. Specific examples include a method of drying on a hot plate at 50 to 150 ° C., preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for 0.5 to 30 minutes, preferably 1 to 5 minutes.
  • Calcination of the substrate coated with the liquid crystal aligning agent can be performed at an arbitrary temperature of 100 to 350 ° C. by a heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven, or an IR (infrared) oven.
  • the firing temperature is preferably 150 to 300 ° C, more preferably 180 to 250 ° C. However, firing is preferably performed at a temperature higher by 10 ° C. or more than the heat treatment temperature required for the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element such as sealing agent curing.
  • the thickness of the coating film after baking is too thick, it is disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered, so it is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 50 to 100 nm.
  • an existing rubbing apparatus can be used.
  • the material of the rubbing cloth at this time include cotton, rayon, and nylon.
  • a liquid crystal display element can be produced by a known method after obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal aligning film by the method described above.
  • a pair of substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared.
  • the pair of substrates is preferably placed with a spacer of 1 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 to 10 ⁇ m so that the rubbing direction is an arbitrary angle of 0 to 270 °, and the periphery is sealed with a sealant. Fix it.
  • liquid crystal is injected between the substrates and sealed.
  • the method for enclosing the liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a vacuum method in which liquid crystal is injected after reducing the pressure inside the manufactured liquid crystal cell, and a dropping method in which sealing is performed after dropping the liquid crystal.
  • the liquid crystal display device thus produced has a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, has no gap unevenness between substrates that sandwich the liquid crystal, and has excellent display quality, Have high reliability.
  • CBDA 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • TDA 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride
  • PMDA pyromellitic acid dianhydride
  • Anhydride BODA Bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • TCA 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • GBL ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • BCS Butyl cellosolve
  • the molecular weights of polyamic acid and polyimide were determined by measuring the polyimide and the like with a GPC (room temperature gel permeation chromatography) apparatus, and calculating the number average molecular weight and the weight average molecular weight as polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide equivalent values.
  • GPC room temperature gel permeation chromatography
  • GPC device manufactured by Shodex (GPC-101) Column: manufactured by Shodex (series of KD803 and KD805) Column temperature: 50 ° C Eluent: N, N-dimethylformamide (as additives, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr ⁇ H 2 O) is 30 mmol / L (liter), phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) is 30 Mmol / L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10 ml / L) Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Standard sample for preparing calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight: about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, and 30000) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, and polyethylene glycol (molecular weight: about 12,000, 4000, and 1000).
  • a polyamic acid is prepared by reacting TDA (14.87 g, 0.049 mol) as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and 9.91 g (0.05 mol) as a diamine component in NMP (74.6 g) at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • a solution of (PAA-7) having a concentration of 20 wt% was obtained.
  • the viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 483 mPa ⁇ s.
  • Example 1 278.9 g of NMP was added to 276.9 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did.
  • PAA-1-2 polyamic acid solution
  • PAA-2-2 polyamic acid solution
  • Example 2 32.0 g of NMP was added to 22.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-3) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-3-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did.
  • PAA-3-2 polyamic acid solution obtained in the same manner as in Example 1
  • 505.0 g of acetic anhydride was added to 275.0 g of this mixed solution.
  • .13 g and pyridine 23.31 g were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize.
  • the obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1186 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-2).
  • SPI-2 polyimide
  • the number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9967, and the weight average molecular weight was 24637.
  • the imidation ratio was 94%.
  • Example 3 22.5 g of NMP was added to 15.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-4-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did.
  • PAA-4-2 polyamic acid solution obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4
  • PAA-4-2 polyamic acid solution obtained in the same manner as in Example 1
  • 87.5 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 37.5 g of PAA-4-2, and 125.0 g of this mixed solution was mixed with 13 acetic anhydride. .26 g and 10.28 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize.
  • the obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature, and then poured into 509 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-3).
  • the number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 5185, and the weight average molecular weight was 20781. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 50%.
  • SPI-3 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
  • Example 4 22.5 g of NMP was added to 15.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-5-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did.
  • PAA-5-2 polyamic acid solution obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5
  • PAA-5-2 polyamic acid solution having a concentration of 8% by mass.
  • 87.5 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 37.5 g of PAA-5-2, and 125.0 g of this mixed solution was mixed with acetic anhydride 13 .31 g and 10.31 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize.
  • the obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature, and then poured into 513 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-4).
  • the number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9996, and the weight average molecular weight was 26884. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 65%.
  • SPI-4 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
  • Example 5 To 350.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, 21.08 g of acetic anhydride and 8.99 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1330 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-5). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10920, and the weight average molecular weight was 31108. The imidation ratio was 80%.
  • Example 6 To 110.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, 52.68 g of acetic anhydride and 24.50 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1185 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-7). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9781, and the weight average molecular weight was 24985. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 95%.
  • SPI-7 ocher powder of polyimide
  • polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 and 2.1 g of SPI-9 were mixed, 58.3 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
  • 8.2 g of GBL, 26.6 g of NMP and 39.9 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-9) was 5.0% by mass, and GBL was 47.5% by mass. %, NMP was 19.0 mass%, and BCS was 28.5 mass%.
  • This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is.
  • the aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 8 To 450.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 4, 14.45 g of acetic anhydride and 11.20 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 559 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-10). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 11133, and the weight average molecular weight was 23773. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 65%.
  • polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 and 2.1 g of SPI-10 were mixed, 58.3 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
  • 8.2 g of GBL, 26.6 g of NMP and 39.9 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-10) was 5.0% by mass, and GBL was 47.5% by mass. %, NMP was 19.0 mass%, and BCS was 28.5 mass%.
  • This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is.
  • the aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • the solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-11).
  • the number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10739, and the weight average molecular weight was 23,093.
  • the imidation ratio was 87%.
  • the solid content (SPI-11) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33.3%.
  • a polyimide varnish having 3 wt% and 14.3 wt% BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is.
  • the aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 11 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-3-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 and 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 4 were mixed. Then, 43.14 g of acetic anhydride and 20.06 g of pyridine were added to 200.0 g of this mixed solution, and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 834 g of methanol to recover the precipitated solid. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-13).
  • This polyimide had a number average molecular weight of 9,986 and a weight average molecular weight of 2,016. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 70%. 80.7 g of GBL was added to 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-13), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-13) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33.
  • Example 12 5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-8) obtained in the same manner as in Example 6 and 5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-10) obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 were mixed, and 80.7 g of GBL was added. Stir at 20 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-8 + SPI-10) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33 A polyimide varnish having a content of 0.3 wt% and a BCS of 14.3 wt% was obtained.
  • This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is.
  • the aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • the solid was washed twice with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-14).
  • the number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10917, and the weight average molecular weight was 22582. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 85%.
  • 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • Example 14 To 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 13, 16.38 g of acetic anhydride and 7.62 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 345 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-15). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10003, and the weight average molecular weight was 21093. Further, the imidization ratio was 83%.
  • Example 15 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 and 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 13 were mixed. Then, 22.46 g of acetic anhydride and 17.40 g of pyridine were added to 200.0 g of this mixed solution, and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 840 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-16).
  • SPI-16 ocher powder of polyimide
  • the number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9765, and the weight average molecular weight was 21724. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 61%.
  • SPI-16 polyimide
  • 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-16) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33.
  • a polyimide varnish having 3 wt% and 14.3 wt% BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is.
  • the aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • the solid content (SPI-9 + SPI-15) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33 A polyimide varnish having a content of 0.3 wt% and a BCS of 14.3 wt% was obtained.
  • This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is.
  • the aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • polyimide (SPI-6) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-6) was 5.0% by mass
  • GBL was 47.5% by mass
  • a polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
  • the polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-8) was 5.0% by mass
  • GBL was 47.4% by mass
  • a polyimide solution having NMP of 33.3% by mass and BCS of 14.3% by mass was obtained.
  • 140 g of the polyimide solution obtained above (SPI-7 concentration 5.0 mass%) and 60 g polyimide solution (SPI-8 concentration 5.0 mass%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-5) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
  • GBL58.3g was added to 7.0g of polyimides (SPI-5) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 5, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-5) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
  • GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-12) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 10, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-12) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
  • GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-10) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 8, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours.
  • the polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
  • 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP, and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, followed by stirring at 50 ° C. for 20 hours.
  • the solid content (SPI-10) was 5.0 wt%
  • GBL was 47.4 wt%
  • NMP was 33.
  • a polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
  • Example 5 to 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 two kinds of powdered polyimides were separately prepared, mixed, and then dissolved in a solvent, and two kinds of polyimide were dissolved in the solvent. A polyimide solution is obtained and a polyimide varnish is prepared.
  • the varnish preparation methods of Examples 5 to 8, 10, 12, 14, and 16 are described as “II” in Table 1.
  • Comparative Examples 1 to 8 two kinds of powdered polyimides were prepared separately, and each was dissolved in a solvent to obtain two kinds of polyimide solutions, and then each polyimide solution was mixed to obtain two kinds of polyimides.
  • a polyimide varnish is prepared by obtaining a polyimide solution in which is dissolved in a solvent.
  • the varnish preparation methods of Comparative Examples 1 to 8 are described as “III” in Table 1.
  • the polyimide varnishes of Examples 1 to 4, 9, 11, 13 and 15 are comparative examples in which the polyamic acid solutions (PAA-1 to PAA-7) used are the same and the varnish preparation methods are different. Compared with 1 to 8, it was found that the aggregation start time was longer and the generation of aggregates during the formation of the coating film hardly occurred. Similarly, in the polyimide varnishes of Examples 5 to 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16, the polyamic acid solutions (PAA-1 to PAA-7) used were the same, and Comparative Examples 1 to 8 having different varnish preparation methods were used. In comparison, it was found that the aggregation start time was long and the generation of aggregates during the formation of the coating film hardly occurred.
  • the polyimide varnishes of Examples 1 to 16 can provide a liquid crystal aligning agent in which aggregates are hardly generated when a coating film is formed.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agents using the polyimide varnishes of Examples 1 to 4 are particularly suitable for suppressing the generation of aggregates during the formation of the coating film.
  • the polyimide varnish obtained by the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention is suitably used as a liquid crystal aligning agent having characteristics that it is excellent in printability and is difficult to form an aggregate during coating film formation.
  • a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a high display quality with excellent display uniformity, and displays a large liquid crystal TV or a high-definition image. It can use suitably as a display element for portable information terminals, such as a smart phone.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a method for preparing a polyimide varnish, wherein a polyimide varnish which contains a polyimide dissolved therein and has excellent printability by suppressing generation of agglomerates; and a liquid crystal aligning agent which uses the thus-obtained polyimide varnish. A method wherein two or more kinds of polyimide precursors are respectively imidized in a solution that contains the polyimide precursors, thereby preparing a polyimide varnish which contains two or more kinds of polyimides dissolved therein; or alternatively, a method wherein two or more kinds of polyimides are mixed in a powder form and the thus-obtained polyimide powder, in which two or more kinds of polyimides are mixed, is dissolved in a solvent, thereby preparing a polyimide varnish.

Description

ポリイミドワニスの調製方法、及び液晶配向剤Preparation method of polyimide varnish and liquid crystal aligning agent
 本発明は、ポリイミドワニスの調製方法、及び得られたポリイミドワニスを用いた液晶配向剤に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for preparing a polyimide varnish and a liquid crystal aligning agent using the obtained polyimide varnish.
 高分子材料等の有機材料からなる膜は、形成の容易さや絶縁性能などが着目され、電子デバイスにおいて、層間絶縁膜や保護膜等として広く用いられている。こうした電子デバイスにおいて多用される有機材料としては、ポリイミドが知られている。 A film made of an organic material such as a polymer material has been widely used as an interlayer insulating film, a protective film, and the like in electronic devices because of its ease of formation and insulation performance. Polyimide is known as an organic material frequently used in such electronic devices.
 例えば、表示デバイスとして良く知られた液晶表示素子では、ポリイミド膜が液晶配向膜として使用されている。液晶表示素子は、液晶分子が一対の基板のそれぞれの表面に形成された液晶配向膜で挟まれた構造を有する。そして、液晶配向膜によってプレチルト角を伴って一定方向に配向した液晶分子が、基板と液晶配向膜との間に設けられた電極に印加された電圧によって応答することを利用した表示素子である。 For example, in a liquid crystal display element well known as a display device, a polyimide film is used as a liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal display element has a structure in which liquid crystal molecules are sandwiched between liquid crystal alignment films formed on the surfaces of a pair of substrates. The display element utilizes the fact that liquid crystal molecules aligned in a certain direction with a pretilt angle by the liquid crystal alignment film respond by a voltage applied to an electrode provided between the substrate and the liquid crystal alignment film.
 この液晶配向膜は、一般的には電極付き基板上に形成されたポリイミド膜の表面を、レーヨンやナイロン布によってその表面に圧力をかけて擦する、いわゆる“ラビング処理”を行って作製されている。
 また、ラビング処理を行わないVA(Vertical Alignment:垂直配向)用液晶配向膜や、偏光UVを照射することで膜表面に異方性を付与し液晶を配向させる光配向膜も注目されている。
This liquid crystal alignment film is generally produced by performing a so-called “rubbing process” in which the surface of a polyimide film formed on a substrate with electrodes is rubbed against the surface with rayon or nylon cloth. Yes.
In addition, a liquid crystal alignment film for VA (Vertical Alignment: vertical alignment) that does not undergo rubbing treatment, and a photo alignment film that imparts anisotropy to the film surface by irradiating polarized UV and aligns the liquid crystal have attracted attention.
 電極付き基板上に液晶配向膜となるポリイミド膜を形成させる方法としては、ポリアミック酸(ポリアミド酸ともいう)等のポリイミド前駆体を含有して調製されたワニスを用いた液晶配向剤を使用し、その塗膜を作製し、基板上でイミド化させる方法が知られている。
 また、別の方法として、予めイミド化させてあるポリイミドを溶媒に溶解して、所謂、溶媒可溶性ポリイミドワニスを調製し、そのポリイミドワニス用いた液晶配向剤を使用してポリイミド膜を形成する方法がある。
As a method of forming a polyimide film to be a liquid crystal alignment film on a substrate with electrodes, using a liquid crystal alignment agent using a varnish prepared containing a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid (also referred to as polyamic acid), A method of producing the coating film and imidizing on the substrate is known.
As another method, there is a method in which a polyimide that has been imidized in advance is dissolved in a solvent to prepare a so-called solvent-soluble polyimide varnish, and a polyimide film is formed using a liquid crystal aligning agent using the polyimide varnish. is there.
 これらのうち、溶媒可溶性のポリイミドワニスを用いた液晶配向剤を使用する方法は、比較的低温の焼成であっても、液晶配向膜としたときの特性が良好なポリイミド膜を形成させることができるという特徴を有する。しかしながら、ポリイミドは、ポリアミック酸等と比較して一般的に有機溶媒への溶解性に劣るため、予めイミド化させて用いることにより、基板上への印刷性が低下し、均一な塗膜の形成が困難になる場合がある。さらに、ワニスに用いられる従来からの溶媒に対して不溶化し、液晶配向剤にポリイミドを含有させることができなくなることもあった。 Among these, the method of using a liquid crystal aligning agent using a solvent-soluble polyimide varnish can form a polyimide film having good characteristics when used as a liquid crystal aligning film even when firing at a relatively low temperature. It has the characteristics. However, since polyimide is generally inferior in solubility in organic solvents compared to polyamic acid, etc., when imidized in advance, printability on the substrate is reduced, and a uniform coating film is formed. May be difficult. Furthermore, it may become insoluble in the conventional solvent used for varnish, and it may become impossible to make a liquid crystal aligning agent contain a polyimide.
 こうした問題を解決する方法として、ポリイミドを溶媒に溶解して調製されたワニスに、ポリイミド前駆体をブレンドして液晶配向剤を得る方法(例えば、特許文献1を参照。)が提案されている。
 また、イミド化率の異なるポリイミドをブレンドして液晶配向剤を得る方法(例えば、特許文献2及び特許文献3を参照。)が提案されている。これらの液晶配向剤は、相分離を利用してポリイミド膜を形成し、液晶配向膜を得ている。しかし、相分離を利用する従来の液晶配向剤は、塗膜形成のための基板上への印刷時に、吸湿により白化して凝集物を析出させるという問題が起こりやすかった。さらに、基板に塗布した後の焼成条件により相分離性が変化し、液晶配向膜に求められるプレチルト角の形成特性や電圧保持特性である電圧保持率(VHRとも言う。)等の配向膜特性が変化してしまう問題もあった。
As a method for solving such a problem, a method of obtaining a liquid crystal aligning agent by blending a polyimide precursor with a varnish prepared by dissolving polyimide in a solvent has been proposed (for example, see Patent Document 1).
In addition, a method of obtaining a liquid crystal aligning agent by blending polyimides having different imidization ratios (see, for example, Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3) has been proposed. These liquid crystal aligning agents form a polyimide film using phase separation to obtain a liquid crystal aligning film. However, the conventional liquid crystal aligning agent using phase separation is liable to cause a problem of whitening due to moisture absorption and precipitation of aggregates during printing on a substrate for forming a coating film. Furthermore, the phase separation property changes depending on the baking conditions after being applied to the substrate, and the alignment film characteristics such as the pretilt angle formation characteristics and voltage holding characteristics (also referred to as VHR) required for the liquid crystal alignment film are obtained. There was also a problem that changed.
 こうした配向膜特性の変化に対しては、イミド化率の高いポリイミドを使用してワニスを調製し、そのワニス用いて液晶配向剤を調製する方法が有効である。このような液晶配向剤として、特定ジアミンを用いた可溶性ポリイミドをブレンドした液晶配向剤が提案されている(例えば、特許文献4を参照。)。 For such changes in alignment film properties, it is effective to prepare a varnish using polyimide having a high imidization rate and prepare a liquid crystal aligning agent using the varnish. As such a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning agent blended with a soluble polyimide using a specific diamine has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 4).
 しかしながら、こうした液晶配向剤においても、基板上に塗膜を形成するための印刷時に乾燥することで、やはり短時間の内に凝集物を発生させることがあった。
 さらに、液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子において、液晶分子を挟持する基板間にギャップムラが発生するという問題を生じさせることがあった。
 また、以上のような印刷性や凝集物の発生の問題を改善できるよう、高沸点極性溶媒を用いた可溶性ポリイミドを含む液晶配向剤も提案されている(例えば、特許文献5を参照。)。しかし、基板上への塗布・乾燥時に発生する凝集物に対し、その改善の効果は十分とはなっていない。
However, even in such a liquid crystal aligning agent, agglomerates may be generated within a short time by drying during printing for forming a coating film on the substrate.
Furthermore, in a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film, there is a problem that gap unevenness occurs between substrates that sandwich liquid crystal molecules.
In addition, a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a soluble polyimide using a high-boiling polar solvent has been proposed so as to improve the above-described problems of printability and aggregate formation (see, for example, Patent Document 5). However, the effect of improvement is not sufficient with respect to the agglomerates generated during coating and drying on the substrate.
日本特開平08-220541号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 08-220541 日本特開平09-297312号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 09-297312 日本特開平09-311338号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 09-311338 国際公開第2008/62877号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2008/62877 Pamphlet 国際公開第2009/148100号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2009/148100 Pamphlet
 上記したように、吸湿による凝集物の発生を抑制することができ、印刷性に優れたポリイミドワニスを提供する技術が求められている。そして、ポリイミドワニスから調製され、凝集物の発生を抑制するとともに印刷性に優れ、液晶配向膜を形成することができる液晶配向剤が求められている。 As described above, there is a need for a technique that can suppress the generation of aggregates due to moisture absorption and provide a polyimide varnish excellent in printability. And the liquid crystal aligning agent which is prepared from a polyimide varnish, suppresses generation | occurrence | production of an aggregate, is excellent in printability, and can form a liquid crystal aligning film is calculated | required.
 本発明は、以上のような状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、本発明の目的は、凝集物の発生を抑制し、印刷性に優れたポリイミドワニスの調製方法を提供することにある。
 また、本発明の目的は、前記の調製方法を用いて得られたポリイミドワニスを用いて、凝集物の発生が抑制された、印刷性に優れた液晶配向剤を提供することにある。
This invention is made | formed in view of the above situations, and the objective of this invention is suppressing the generation | occurrence | production of the aggregate and providing the preparation method of the polyimide varnish excellent in printability.
Moreover, the objective of this invention is providing the liquid crystal aligning agent excellent in printability by which generation | occurrence | production of the aggregate was suppressed using the polyimide varnish obtained using the said preparation method.
 本発明は、以下の要旨を有するものである。
(1)2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液中で、当該ポリイミド前駆体をそれぞれイミド化し、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶解して含有するポリイミドワニスの調製方法。
The present invention has the following gist.
(1) A method for preparing a polyimide varnish comprising imidizing each of the polyimide precursors in a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors, and dissolving and containing two or more types of polyimides.
(2)前記ポリイミド前駆体の溶液中の濃度が、1~12質量%である上記(1)に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。
(3)前記溶液中での前記ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化は、前記2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を調製の後、10分~12時間経過してから行われる上記(1)又は(2)に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。
(2) The method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to the above (1), wherein the concentration of the polyimide precursor in the solution is 1 to 12% by mass.
(3) The imidation of the polyimide precursor in the solution is carried out after 10 minutes to 12 hours have elapsed after preparing a solution containing the two or more types of polyimide precursors. The method for preparing a polyimide varnish as described in 2).
(4)前記2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体のうち少なくとも1種は、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物及び芳香族環を含有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いて形成されたポリイミド前駆体である上記(1)~(3)のいずれかに記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 (4) At least one of the two or more types of polyimide precursors is 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro (1) to (1) are polyimide precursors formed using at least one selected from the group consisting of -1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride and an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an aromatic ring. The method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of 3).
(5)2種類以上のポリイミドを粉末状態で混合し、得られたポリイミド粉末を溶媒に溶解し、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶解して含有するポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 (5) A method for preparing a polyimide varnish comprising mixing two or more types of polyimide in a powder state, dissolving the obtained polyimide powder in a solvent, and dissolving and containing two or more types of polyimide.
(6)前記2種類以上のポリイミドのうち少なくとも1種は、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物及び芳香族環を含有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いて形成されたポリイミド前駆体をイミド化したポリイミドである上記(5)に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 (6) At least one of the two or more kinds of polyimides is 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1 -The polyimide obtained by imidizing a polyimide precursor formed using at least one selected from the group consisting of naphthalene succinic dianhydride and an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an aromatic ring (5 ) Preparation method of polyimide varnish.
(7)前記ポリイミドの重量平均分子量が、10000~150000である上記(1)~(6)のいずれかに記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 (7) The method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of the above (1) to (6), wherein the polyimide has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 150,000.
(8)上記(1)~(4)のいずれかに記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法を用いて得られるポリイミドワニス。
(9)上記(5)~(7)のいずれかに記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法を用いて得られるポリイミドワニス。
(8) A polyimide varnish obtained using the method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of (1) to (4) above.
(9) A polyimide varnish obtained using the method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of (5) to (7) above.
(10)上記(8)又は(9)に記載のポリイミドワニスを用いて得られる液晶配向剤。
(11)さらに、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン及びγ-ブチロラクトンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する上記(10)に記載の液晶配向剤。
(10) A liquid crystal aligning agent obtained using the polyimide varnish described in (8) or (9) above.
(11) The liquid crystal aligning agent according to the above (10), further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and γ-butyrolactone.
(12)上記(10)又は(11)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜。
(13)膜厚が、10~200μmである上記(12)に記載の液晶配向膜。
(12) A liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any of (10) or (11).
(13) The liquid crystal alignment film according to (12), wherein the film thickness is 10 to 200 μm.
(14)上記(12)又は(13)に記載の液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。 (14) A liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to (12) or (13).
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法によれば、ポリイミドを溶解して含有し、凝集物の発生を抑制した、印刷性に優れ、均一な塗膜形成が容易なポリイミドワニスを得ることができる。 According to the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a polyimide varnish that dissolves and contains polyimide, suppresses the generation of aggregates, has excellent printability, and facilitates uniform coating film formation.
 さらに、本発明により得られたポリイミドワニスを用いることにより、ポリイミドを含有し、凝集物の発生を抑制した、印刷性に優れ、均一な塗膜形成が容易な液晶配向剤を提供することができる。 Furthermore, by using the polyimide varnish obtained by the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal aligning agent that contains polyimide, suppresses the generation of aggregates, has excellent printability, and facilitates uniform film formation. .
 本発明者らは、鋭意研究を行った結果、以下の知見を得て本発明を完成するに至った。
 すなわち、特許文献2及び特許文献3に開示されるように、従来、2種類以上のポリイミドを含有する液晶配向剤が知られているが、かかる2種類以上のポリイミドを含有する従来のポリイミドワニスは、2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を別個に準備し、各溶液において、別個にイミド化を行い、次いで、得られた各ポリイミド溶液のそれぞれについて、ポリイミドの回収とそのポリイミドの精製を行う。そして、得られた各ポリイミドを用い、それぞれを溶媒に溶解させて、ポリイミドの種類数に対応する2種類以上のポリイミド溶液を得る。次いで、各ポリイミド溶液を混合し、2種類以上のポリイミドを含むポリイミドワニスを調製している。かくして得られるポリイミドワニスでは、後記する比較例に示されるように、比較的短時間の内に凝集物を発生させ、そのためかかるポリイミドワニスを用いた液晶配向剤においても、同様に、基板上での塗膜形成後に比較的短時間の内に凝集物を発生させる。
As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have obtained the following knowledge and completed the present invention.
That is, as disclosed in Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3, conventionally, a liquid crystal aligning agent containing two or more types of polyimide is known, but a conventional polyimide varnish containing two or more types of polyimide is Separately prepare solutions containing two or more kinds of polyimide precursors, perform imidization separately in each solution, and then perform polyimide recovery and purification of the polyimide for each of the obtained polyimide solutions. . And each obtained polyimide is dissolved in a solvent, and two or more types of polyimide solutions corresponding to the number of types of polyimide are obtained. Subsequently, each polyimide solution is mixed and the polyimide varnish containing 2 or more types of polyimide is prepared. In the polyimide varnish thus obtained, as shown in a comparative example to be described later, agglomerates are generated within a relatively short time. Therefore, in the liquid crystal aligning agent using such a polyimide varnish, similarly, Aggregates are generated within a relatively short time after the coating is formed.
 本発明者らは、2種類以上のポリイミドを含有する従来のポリイミドワニスの有する上記の難点を解決するために研究を重ねたところ、2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液中で、該ポリイミド前駆体を同時にそれぞれイミド化し、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶解して含有するポリイミドワニスを調製する方法か、又は2種類以上のポリイミドを粉末状態で混合し、得られた2種類以上のポリイミドが混合されたポリイミド粉末を溶媒中に同時に溶解して調製する方法により、上記の課題が解決し得ることを見出した。 The inventors of the present invention have made researches to solve the above-mentioned difficulties of the conventional polyimide varnish containing two or more kinds of polyimides, and in the solution containing two or more kinds of polyimide precursors, the polyimide precursors. A method for preparing a polyimide varnish containing two or more types of polyimide by mixing each body simultaneously with imidization, or mixing two or more types of polyimide in a powdered state, and mixing the two or more types of polyimide obtained. It has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by a method in which the prepared polyimide powder is simultaneously dissolved in a solvent.
 かかるポリイミドワニスを調製する方法により、何故に係る課題が解決し得るかについては必ずしも明らかではないが、ほぼ以下のように考えられる。すなわち、2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液中で2種類のポリイミド前駆体を同時にイミド化する方法では、2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液中において、含有されるポリイミド前駆体同士が相互作用し、一部のポリイミド前駆体によるアミド交換等が起こることにより、相溶性が向上し、その結果、得られたポリイミドワニスは、印刷性に優れるとともに、凝集物の形成を抑制するものと考えられる。 Although it is not always clear why the problem can be solved by the method of preparing such a polyimide varnish, it is considered as follows. That is, in the method of imidizing two types of polyimide precursors simultaneously in a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors, the polyimide precursors contained in each other are in a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors. As a result, amide exchange, etc. by some polyimide precursors occurs, so that compatibility is improved. As a result, the obtained polyimide varnish is considered to be excellent in printability and suppress the formation of aggregates. It is done.
 また、2種類以上のポリイミドを粉末状態で混合し、得られた2種類以上のポリイミドが混合されたポリイミド粉末を溶媒中に同時に溶解する方法においても、同様であり、2種類以上のポリイミド中には、イミド化率によって決まる未転換のポリイミド前駆体が存在するが、かかるポリイミド前駆体同士が相互作用し、一部のポリイミド前駆体によるアミド交換等が起こることにより、相溶性が向上するものと考えられる。  The same applies to a method in which two or more types of polyimide are mixed in a powder state, and the obtained polyimide powder in which two or more types of polyimide are mixed is simultaneously dissolved in a solvent. There is an unconverted polyimide precursor that is determined by the imidization rate, but such polyimide precursors interact with each other, and amide exchange by a part of the polyimide precursor occurs, thereby improving compatibility. Conceivable. *
〔ポリイミドワニス及びその調製方法〕
 本発明において、2種類以上のポリイミドとは、それぞれ、対応する原料であるポリイミド前駆体の構造が異なるものを意味する。すなわち、ポリイミド前駆体の原料である、テトラカルボン酸ニ水物とジアミンの種類が異なるものや、同じテトラカルボン酸ニ水物とジアミンの組み合わせから構成されていても、それぞれの割合が異なるものは、別の種類のポリイミド前駆体となる。
 なお、本発明において、ポリイミド前駆体とは、ポリアミック酸及び/又はポリアミック酸エステルである。そして、本発明において、特に好ましいポリイミド前駆体は、ポリアミック酸である。
 また、本発明においては、2種類以上のポリイミド、又は2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体とは、通常は2種類であるが、場合により、3種類以上でもさらには、4種類以上であってもよい。
[Polyimide varnish and its preparation method]
In the present invention, the two or more kinds of polyimides mean those having different structures of polyimide precursors as corresponding raw materials. That is, the raw material of the polyimide precursor, which is different from the type of tetracarboxylic acid dihydrate and diamine, and those composed of the same tetracarboxylic acid dihydrate and diamine combination, each having a different ratio It becomes another kind of polyimide precursor.
In the present invention, the polyimide precursor is a polyamic acid and / or a polyamic acid ester. In the present invention, a particularly preferred polyimide precursor is polyamic acid.
In the present invention, two or more kinds of polyimides or two or more kinds of polyimide precursors are usually two kinds, but depending on circumstances, three or more kinds or even four or more kinds may be used. .
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法では、始めに、含有させる2種類以上のポリイミドのそれぞれに対応する2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を準備する。その溶液に含まれる各ポリイミド前駆体は、それぞれが、テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体とジアミンとの異なる組み合わせから形成され、互いに異なる構造を有する。 In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, first, a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors corresponding to each of two or more types of polyimide to be contained is prepared. Each polyimide precursor contained in the solution is formed from a different combination of tetracarboxylic dianhydride or its derivative and diamine, and has a different structure.
 この溶液を反応溶液とし、それを用いて、含有される各ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化を行う。その結果、2種類以上のポリイミドが含有されたポリイミド溶液を得る。このポリイミド溶液は、そのまま、本発明のポリイミドワニスとすることができる。また、好ましくは、得られたポリイミド溶液から、ポリイミドの回収とそのポリイミドの精製を行った後に、再び2種類以上のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させた状態とし、本発明のポリイミドワニスを調製することができる。 Using this solution as a reaction solution, the polyimide precursor contained therein is imidized using the solution. As a result, a polyimide solution containing two or more types of polyimide is obtained. This polyimide solution can be used as it is as the polyimide varnish of the present invention. Preferably, after the polyimide is recovered and the polyimide is purified from the obtained polyimide solution, the polyimide varnish of the present invention can be prepared by dissolving two or more types of polyimide in a solvent again. it can.
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法では、2種類以上のポリイミドを含有するものであっても、イミド化、及びその後の回収と精製を1回のみ行えばよいことになる。それに対し、上述の従来方法では、2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む各溶液について、イミド化、及びその後の回収と精製を行う必要がある。したがって、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法は、従来方法に比べ、製造効率の向上が可能であり、イミド化に必要な溶媒や触媒の量を低減できる。本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法は、従来方法に比べ、製造面においても大きな優位点を備える。 In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, imidization and subsequent recovery and purification need only be performed once even if it contains two or more types of polyimide. On the other hand, in the above-mentioned conventional method, it is necessary to perform imidization and subsequent collection and purification for each solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors. Therefore, the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention can improve the production efficiency as compared with the conventional method, and can reduce the amount of solvent and catalyst required for imidization. The preparation method of the polyimide varnish of the present invention has a great advantage in terms of manufacturing as compared with the conventional method.
 ポリイミドに転化するポリイミド前駆体を形成するにあたり、原料となるテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体とジアミンは、製造する2種類以上のポリイミドを含有するポリイミドワニスに応じて、適宜選択を行うことができる。
 2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液の調製方法としては、ポリイミドワニスに含有させる2種類以上のポリイミドについて、それぞれに対応するポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液をそれぞれ別個に準備し、それら溶液同士を混合させる方法が可能である。
In forming a polyimide precursor to be converted to polyimide, the raw material tetracarboxylic dianhydride or its derivative and diamine may be appropriately selected according to the polyimide varnish containing two or more types of polyimide to be produced. it can.
As a method for preparing a solution containing two or more kinds of polyimide precursors, for two or more kinds of polyimides to be contained in a polyimide varnish, a solution containing a polyimide precursor corresponding to each is separately prepared, and the solutions are mixed with each other. Is possible.
 また、ポリイミドワニスに含有させる2種類以上のポリイミドのうち少なくとも1種に対応するポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を準備し、その溶液に他のポリイミドに対応する、単離されたポリイミド前駆体を添加し溶解させ、2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を調製することも可能である。 In addition, a solution containing a polyimide precursor corresponding to at least one of two or more types of polyimide to be contained in the polyimide varnish is prepared, and an isolated polyimide precursor corresponding to another polyimide is added to the solution. It is also possible to prepare a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors by dissolving them.
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法の例について、以下でより具体的に説明する。 
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、まず初めに、所望とする構造のテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体を選択し、対応して所望とする構造のジアミンを選択する。次いで、それらを互いに適当な溶媒中で反応し、重合させて、溶液の状態の、所望とする構造のポリアミック酸等のポリイミド前駆体を得る。同様にして、構造の異なるポリイミド前駆体をそれぞれ含有する複数種類の溶液を得る。
An example of the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention will be described more specifically below.
In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, first, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a desired structure or a derivative thereof is selected, and a diamine having a desired structure is selected correspondingly. Next, they are reacted with each other in an appropriate solvent and polymerized to obtain a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid having a desired structure in a solution state. Similarly, a plurality of types of solutions containing polyimide precursors having different structures are obtained.
 尚、溶液の状態のポリイミド前駆体を得た後、溶液の中からポリイミド前駆体を回収し、必要な精製等を行った後、回収されたポリイミド前駆体をポリイミドワニスの調製に使用することも可能である。例えば、そのポリイミド前駆体を再び所望の溶媒に溶解し、得られたポリイミド前駆体の溶液を、ポリイミドワニスの調製に使用することができる。
 ポリアミック酸等のポリイミド前駆体を得るのに際し、所望とする構造のテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物を用いるのが好ましい。
In addition, after obtaining the polyimide precursor in a solution state, the polyimide precursor is recovered from the solution, and after necessary purification and the like, the recovered polyimide precursor may be used for the preparation of the polyimide varnish. Is possible. For example, the polyimide precursor can be dissolved again in a desired solvent, and the resulting polyimide precursor solution can be used to prepare a polyimide varnish.
In obtaining a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid, it is preferable to use tetracarboxylic dianhydride as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a desired structure or a derivative thereof.
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、選択可能なテトラカルボン酸二無水物等及びジアミンについて、以下で具体的に説明する。 In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines that can be selected and diamine will be specifically described below.
<テトラカルボン酸二無水物及びその誘導体>
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法に用いられるポリアミック酸を得るため、ジアミンと反応させるテトラカルボン酸二無水物は特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。
<Tetracarboxylic dianhydride and its derivative>
In order to obtain the polyamic acid used in the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to be reacted with the diamine is not particularly limited. Specific examples are given below.
 脂環式構造又は脂肪族構造を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1-シクロヘキシルコハク酸二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物、シス-3,7-ジブチルシクロオクタ-1,5-ジエン-1,2,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、トリシクロ[4.2.1.02,5]ノナン-3,4,7,8-テトラカルボン酸-3,4:7,8-二無水物、ヘキサシクロ[6.6.0.12,7.03,6.19,14.010,13]ヘキサデカン-4,5,11,12-テトラカルボン酸-4,5:11,12-二無水物、4-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレンー1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic structure include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetra Carboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic Acid dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexylsuccinic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride, 1, , 3,4-Butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-dicyclohexyltetra Carboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, cis-3,7-dibutylcycloocta-1,5-diene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride , Tricyclo [4.2.1.0 2,5 ] nonane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid-3,4: 7,8-dianhydride, hexacyclo [6.6.0.1 2 , 7 . 0 3,6 . 1 9,14 . 0 10,13] hexadecane -4,5,11,12- tetracarboxylic acid-4,5: 11,12-dianhydride, 4- (2,5-di-oxo-tetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -1,2 3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride and the like.
 また、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物を使用することができる。芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、芳香族環を含有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物である。
 芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、上記脂環式構造又は脂肪族構造を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物に加えて、使用することもできる。そのように芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物を使用すると、得られるポリイミドワニスを用いた液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜において、液晶配向性が向上し、かつ液晶表示素子の蓄積電荷を低減させることができる。
Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can also be used. An aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an aromatic ring.
The aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be used in addition to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having the alicyclic structure or the aliphatic structure. If aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is used in this way, the liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent using the resulting polyimide varnish will improve the liquid crystal alignment and reduce the accumulated charge of the liquid crystal display element. Can be made.
 使用可能な芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、ピロメリット酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテル二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン二無水物、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides that can be used include pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyl. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dianhydride, 1,2,5,6-naphthalene Examples thereof include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 なかでも、テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物(CBDA)、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物(TDA)、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物(TCA)等の使用が好ましい。これらを用いて得られたポリアミック酸は、ポリイミドに転化されて、印刷性に優れるとともに、基板上への塗膜形成時に凝集物の形成を抑制するポリイミドワニスの実現において特に好適となる。これらのテトラカルボン酸二無水物は、上述したポリイミド前駆体同士の相互作用、特に、アミド交換に好適と解され、印刷性の向上等の効果を発揮するものと解される。 Among them, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene. Use of succinic dianhydride (TDA), pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride (TCA) or the like is preferable. The polyamic acid obtained by using these is converted into polyimide, and is particularly suitable for realizing a polyimide varnish that has excellent printability and suppresses the formation of aggregates when a coating film is formed on the substrate. These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are understood to be suitable for the interaction between the polyimide precursors described above, in particular, amide exchange, and are considered to exhibit effects such as improved printability.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、得られるポリイミドワニスの印刷性や塗膜形成時の凝集物の形成の抑制効果を考慮するとともに、得られるポリイミドワニスを用いる液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜の液晶配向性、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷等の特性に応じて、1つのポリイミド前駆体を形成するために、1種類又は2種類以上併用することができる。 Tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a liquid crystal alignment film formed from a liquid crystal aligning agent that uses the polyimide varnish obtained while considering the printability of the resulting polyimide varnish and the effect of suppressing the formation of aggregates during coating formation. In order to form one polyimide precursor according to characteristics such as liquid crystal orientation, voltage holding characteristics, and accumulated charge, one kind or two or more kinds can be used in combination.
 1種のポリイミド前駆体を形成するために、2種類以上のテトラカルボン酸二無水物を併用する場合、上述した1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物(CBDA)、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物(TDA)、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物(TCA)等のテトラカルボン酸二無水物のうちの1種の使用比率は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物全体の10モル%以上であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、テトラカルボン酸二無水物全体の30モル%以上である。なかでも、60~100モル%が特に好ましい。 When two or more kinds of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are used in combination to form a single polyimide precursor, the above-described 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), 3, 4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride (TDA), pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetate dianhydride The use ratio of one kind of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as (TCA) is preferably 10 mol% or more of the total tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. More preferably, it is 30 mol% or more of the whole tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Among these, 60 to 100 mol% is particularly preferable.
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法では、ポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミック酸エステルを得るため、テトラカルボン酸二無水物の誘導体であるテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルを用いることができる。使用可能なテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルは特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。 In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, in order to obtain a polyamic acid ester that is a polyimide precursor, a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester that is a derivative of tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be used. The tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester that can be used is not particularly limited. Specific examples are given below.
 脂肪族テトラカルボン酸ジエステルの具体的な例としては、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1-シクロヘキシルコハク酸ジアルキルエステル、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、3,3’,4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸ジアルキルエステル、シス-3,7-ジブチルシクロオクタ-1,5-ジエン-1,2,5,6-テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、トリシクロ[4.2.1.02,5]ノナン-3,4,7,8-テトラカルボン酸-3,4:7,8-ジアルキルエステル、ヘキサシクロ[6.6.0.12,7.03,6.19,14.010,13]ヘキサデカン-4,5,11,12-テトラカルボン酸-4,5:11,12-ジアルキルエステル、4-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレンー1,2-ジカルボンジアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid diester include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2 , 3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy- 1-cyclohexyl succinic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8 Tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-dicyclohexyl tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dialkyl ester, cis-3,7-dibutylcycloocta-1,5 -Diene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, tricyclo [4.2.1.0 2,5 ] nonane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid-3, 4: 7, 8-dialkyl ester, hexacyclo [6.6.0.1 2,7 . 0 3,6 . 1 9,14 . 0 10,13] hexadecane -4,5,11,12- tetracarboxylic acid-4,5: 11,12-dialkyl ester, 4- (2,5-di-oxo-tetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -1,2, Examples include 3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic dialkyl ester.
 芳香族テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルとしては、ピロメリット酸ジアルキルエステル、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテルジアルキルエステル、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホンジアルキルエステル、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester include pyromellitic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester Bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dialkyl ester, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dialkyl ester, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,6, Dialkyl 7-naphthalenetetracarboxylate Ester, and the like.
<ジアミン>
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法で用いられるポリイミド前駆体を得るに際し、テトラカルボン酸二無水物等との反応に使用可能なジアミンは特に限定されない。所望とするポリイミド前駆体の構造に対応するように選択がなされることが好ましい。選択可能なジアミンの具体例を挙げるとすれば、以下の通りである。
<Diamine>
When obtaining the polyimide precursor used with the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention, the diamine which can be used for reaction with tetracarboxylic dianhydride etc. is not specifically limited. Selection is preferably made to correspond to the desired polyimide precursor structure. Specific examples of diamines that can be selected are as follows.
 脂環式ジアミンの例としては、1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,3-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、4,4’-ジアミノジシクロヘキシルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルジシクロヘキシルアミン、イソホロンジアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of alicyclic diamines include 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4′-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethyldicyclohexylamine, isophorone diamine Etc.
 芳香族ジアミンの例としては、o-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジアミノトルエン、2,5-ジアミノトルエン、3,5-ジアミノトルエン、1,4-ジアミノ-2-メトキシベンゼン、2,5-ジアミノ-p-キシレン、1,3-ジアミノ-4-クロロベンゼン、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、1,4-ジアミノ-2,5-ジクロロベンゼン、4,4’-ジアミノ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビベンジル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’―ジメチルジフェニルメタン、2,2’-ジアミノスチルベン、4,4’-ジアミノスチルベン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、3,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)安息香酸、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビベンジル、2,2-ビス[(4-アミノフェノキシ)メチル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフロロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,1-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シクロヘキサン、α、α’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-1,4-ジイソプロピルベンゼン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフロロプロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフロロプロパン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,4-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,3-ジアミノピレン、1,6-ジアミノピレン、1,8―ジアミノピレン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ベンジジン、2,2’-ジメチルベンジジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ノナン、1,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘキサン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,10-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン-1,3-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)ブタン-1,4-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)ペンタン-1,5-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサン-1,6-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)ヘプタン-1,7-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)オクタン-1,8-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)ノナン-1,9-ジオエート、ジ(4-アミノフェニル)デカン-1,10-ジオエート、1,3-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕プロパン、1,4-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕ブタン、1,5-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕ペンタン、1,6-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕ヘキサン、1,7-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕ヘプタン、1,8-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕オクタン、1,9-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕ノナン、1,10-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ〕デカン等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic diamines include o-phenylene diamine, m-phenylene diamine, p-phenylene diamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 3,5-diaminotoluene, 1,4-diamino- 2-methoxybenzene, 2,5-diamino-p-xylene, 1,3-diamino-4-chlorobenzene, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 4,4 ′ -Diamino-1,2-diphenylethane, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbibenzyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 2,2'-diaminostilbene, 4,4'-diamy Stilbene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'- Diaminobenzophenone, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 3,5-bis (4- Aminophenoxy) benzoic acid, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) bibenzyl, 2,2-bis [(4-aminophenoxy) methyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,1-bis (4-aminophenyl) cyclohexane, α, α′-bis (4- Aminophenyl) -1,4-diisopropylbenzene, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 2,2-bis (3-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) Hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,4-diaminodiphenylamine, 1,8-diaminonaphthalene, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,3-diaminopyrene, 1,6 -Diaminopyrene, 1,8-diaminopyrene, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 1,3-bis (4-amino Enyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, benzidine, 2,2′-dimethylbenzidine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 1,4-bis (4 -Aminophenyl) butane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) pentane, 1,6-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) heptane, 1,8-bis (4-aminophenyl) octane, 1,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) nonane, 1,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) decane, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) propane, 1,4 -Bis (4-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1,6-bis (4-aminophenoxy) hexane, 1,7-bis (4- Aminophenoxy) heptane, 1,8-bis (4-aminophenoxy) octane, 1,9-bis (4-aminophenoxy) nonane, 1,10-bis (4-aminophenoxy) decane, di (4-aminophenyl) ) Propane-1,3-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) butane-1,4-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) pentane-1,5-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) hexane-1, 6-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) heptane-1,7-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) octane-1,8-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) nonane-1,9-dioate, di (4-aminophenyl) decane-1,10-dioate, 1,3-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] propane, 1,4-bi [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] butane, 1,5-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] pentane, 1,6-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] hexane, , 7-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] heptane, 1,8-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] octane, 1,9-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy Nonane, 1,10-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] decane, and the like.
 芳香族-脂肪族ジアミンの例としては、下記式[DAM]で表されるジアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic-aliphatic diamines include diamines represented by the following formula [DAM].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(式[DAM]中、Arはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表し、Rは炭素原子数が1~5のアルキレン基であり、Rは水素原子又はメチル基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(In the formula [DAM], Ar represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, R 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 芳香族-脂肪族ジアミンの具体例としては、3-アミノベンジルアミン、4-アミノベンジルアミン、3-アミノ-N-メチルベンジルアミン、4-アミノ-N-メチルベンジルアミン、3-アミノフェネチルアミン、4-アミノフェネチルアミン、3-アミノ-N-メチルフェネチルアミン、4-アミノ-N-メチルフェネチルアミン、3-(3-アミノプロピル)アニリン、4-(3-アミノプロピル)アニリン、3-(3-メチルアミノプロピル)アニリン、4-(3-メチルアミノプロピル)アニリン、3-(4-アミノブチル)アニリン、4-(4-アミノブチル)アニリン、3-(4-メチルアミノブチル)アニリン、4-(4-メチルアミノブチル)アニリン、3-(5-アミノペンチル)アニリン、4-(5-アミノペンチル)アニリン、3-(5-メチルアミノペンチル)アニリン、4-(5-メチルアミノペンチル)アニリン、2-(6-アミノナフチル)メチルアミン、3-(6-アミノナフチル)メチルアミン、2-(6-アミノナフチル)エチルアミン、3-(6-アミノナフチル)エチルアミン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aromatic-aliphatic diamine include 3-aminobenzylamine, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 4-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 3-aminophenethylamine, 4 -Aminophenethylamine, 3-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 4-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 3- (3-aminopropyl) aniline, 4- (3-aminopropyl) aniline, 3- (3-methylaminopropyl) ) Aniline, 4- (3-methylaminopropyl) aniline, 3- (4-aminobutyl) aniline, 4- (4-aminobutyl) aniline, 3- (4-methylaminobutyl) aniline, 4- (4- Methylaminobutyl) aniline, 3- (5-aminopentyl) aniline, 4- (5-aminopen) L) aniline, 3- (5-methylaminopentyl) aniline, 4- (5-methylaminopentyl) aniline, 2- (6-aminonaphthyl) methylamine, 3- (6-aminonaphthyl) methylamine, 2- (6-Aminonaphthyl) ethylamine, 3- (6-aminonaphthyl) ethylamine and the like can be mentioned.
 複素環式ジアミンの例としては、2,6-ジアミノピリジン、2,4-ジアミノピリジン、2,4-ジアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,7-ジアミノジベンゾフラン、3,6-ジアミノカルバゾール、2,4-ジアミノ-6-イソプロピル-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of heterocyclic diamines include 2,6-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diamino-1,3,5-triazine, 2,7-diaminodibenzofuran, 3,6-diaminocarbazole 2,4-diamino-6-isopropyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like.
 脂肪族ジアミンの例としては、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ジアミノヘキサン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,9-ジアミノノナン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,3-ジアミノ-2,2-ジメチルプロパン、1,6-ジアミノ-2,5-ジメチルヘキサン、1,7-ジアミノ-2,5-ジメチルヘプタン、1,7-ジアミノ-4,4-ジメチルヘプタン、1,7-ジアミノ-3-メチルヘプタン、1,9-ジアミノ-5-メチルノナン、1,12-ジアミノドデカン、1,18-ジアミノオクタデカン、1,2-ビス(3-アミノプロポキシ)エタン等が挙げられる。 Examples of aliphatic diamines include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,3-diamino-2,2-dimethylpropane, 1,6-diamino-2,5-dimethylhexane, 1,7- Diamino-2,5-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-4,4-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-3-methylheptane, 1,9-diamino-5-methylnonane, 1,12-diaminododecane, Examples thereof include 1,18-diaminooctadecane and 1,2-bis (3-aminopropoxy) ethane.
 また、ポリアミック酸等のポリイミド前駆体を得るに際し、選択可能なジアミンについて、側鎖にアルキル基、フッ素含有アルキル基、芳香環、脂肪族環、複素環、並びにそれらからなる大環状置換体を有するジアミン化合物を併用してもよい。具体的には、下記の式[DA-1]~式[DA-40]で示されるジアミンを例示することができる。 Further, when obtaining a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid, the diamine that can be selected has an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, and a macrocyclic substituent composed of these in the side chain. A diamine compound may be used in combination. Specifically, diamines represented by the following formulas [DA-1] to [DA-40] can be exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

(式[DA-1]~式[DA-5]中、Rは炭素数1~22の、アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

(In the formulas [DA-1] to [DA-5], R 6 represents an alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(式[DA-6]~式[DA-9]中、Sは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CH-、-O-、-CO-、又はNH-であり、Rは炭素数1~22の、アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(In the formulas [DA-6] to [DA-9], S 5 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO—, or NH— and R 6 is an alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(式[DA-10]及び式[DA-11]中、Sは、-O-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COOCH-、又はCHOCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~22の、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素含有アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルコキシ基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(In Formula [DA-10] and Formula [DA-11], S 6 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 —, or CH 2 OCO—, and R 7 Is an alkyl group, alkoxy group, fluorine-containing alkyl group or fluorine-containing alkoxy group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(式[DA-12]~式[DA-14]中、Sは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COOCH-、-CHOCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、又はCH-であり、Rは炭素数1~22の、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素含有アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルコキシ基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(In the formulas [DA-12] to [DA-14], S 7 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, or CH 2 —, and R 8 is an alkyl group, alkoxy group, fluorine-containing alkyl group, or fluorine-containing alkoxy group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

(式[DA-15]及び式[DA-16]中、Sは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COOCH-、-CHOCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CH-、-O-、又はNH-であり、Rはフッ素基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ニトロ基、アゾ基、ホルミル基、アセチル基、アセトキシ基、又は水酸基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

(In formula [DA-15] and formula [DA-16], S 8 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O—, or NH—, and R 9 is fluorine, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, azo, formyl, acetyl, acetoxy Group or hydroxyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式[DA-17]~式[DA-20]中、R10は炭素数3~12のアルキル基であり、1,4-シクロへキシレンのシス-トランス異性は、それぞれトランス体である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the formulas [DA-17] to [DA-20], R 10 is an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 また、ポリアミック酸等のポリイミド前駆体を得るに際し、選択可能なジアミンについて、以下のジアミンを併用させても良い。 Moreover, when obtaining a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid, the following diamines may be used in combination as the selectable diamine.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013

 (式[DA-35]中、mは0~3の整数である。式[DA-38]中、nは1~5の整数である)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013

(In the formula [DA-35], m is an integer of 0 to 3. In the formula [DA-38], n is an integer of 1 to 5).
 [DA-31]や[DA-32]は、これらを用いることにより、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法により得られるポリイミドワニスを用いる液晶配向剤において、それから形成される液晶配向膜を使用する液晶表示素子の電圧保持率(VHR)を向上させることができる。
 また、[DA-33]~[DA-38]のジアミンを用いることは、得られる液晶表示素子の蓄積電荷低減に効果があるため、好ましい。さらに、[DA-39]や[DA-40]を用いることは、同様に、液晶表示素子の蓄積電荷低減に効果があるため、好ましい。
[DA-31] and [DA-32] are liquid crystals that use a liquid crystal aligning film formed from a liquid crystal aligning agent that uses the polyimide varnish obtained by the polyimide varnish preparation method of the present invention. The voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the display element can be improved.
In addition, it is preferable to use the diamines [DA-33] to [DA-38] because they are effective in reducing the accumulated charge of the liquid crystal display element to be obtained. Furthermore, it is preferable to use [DA-39] or [DA-40] because it is effective in reducing the accumulated charge of the liquid crystal display element.
 さらに、ポリアミック酸等のポリイミド前駆体を得るに際し、選択可能なジアミンとしては、下記の式[DA-41]で示されるようなジアミノシロキサン等も挙げることができる。 Furthermore, when obtaining a polyimide precursor such as polyamic acid, examples of a diamine that can be selected include diaminosiloxanes represented by the following formula [DA-41].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式[DA-41]中、mは、1~10の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In the formula [DA-41], m is an integer of 1 to 10.)
 尚、ポリイミド前駆体を得るに際し、ジアミンは、ポリイミドワニスを用いて得られる液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜の液晶配向性、電圧保持、蓄積電荷等の特性に応じて、1つのポリイミド前駆体を形成するために、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することが可能である。 In obtaining the polyimide precursor, the diamine is a single polyimide precursor depending on the liquid crystal alignment properties of the liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained using the polyimide varnish, voltage holding, accumulated charge and the like. In order to form a body, it is possible to use one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
 次に、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンとの反応により、ポリイミド前駆体を得るにあたっては、公知の合成手法を用いることができる。例えば、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンとを有機溶媒中で反応させる方法の使用が可能である。この方法は、有機溶媒中で比較的効率よく反応が進行するとともに、副生成物の発生が少ない点で好ましい。 Next, in the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, a known synthesis method can be used to obtain a polyimide precursor by reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine. For example, it is possible to use a method in which tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine are reacted in an organic solvent. This method is preferable in that the reaction proceeds relatively efficiently in an organic solvent and generation of by-products is small.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンの反応に用いる有機溶媒としては、生成したポリアミック酸が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。具体例としては、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、ジペンテン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルセルソルブ、エチルセルソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、ジオキサン、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、ジグライム又は4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン等を挙げることができる。これらは、単独で使用してもよく、混合して使用してもよい。また、ポリアミック酸等のポリイミド前駆体を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成したポリイミド前駆体を析出させない範囲であれば、上記溶媒に混合して使用することもできる。
 尚、有機溶媒中の水分は、重合反応を阻害し、生成したポリイミド前駆体を加水分解させる原因となるので、有機溶媒は、脱水乾燥させたものを用いることが好ましい。
The organic solvent used for the reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine is not particularly limited as long as the produced polyamic acid can be dissolved. Specific examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, dimethylsulfone, hexamethylsulfoxide, γ- Butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, Ethyl carbitol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol Nobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl Ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol Methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, n-hexane , N-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, pyruvic acid Ethyl, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-metho Shipuropion acid, 3-methoxy propionic acid propyl, 3-methoxy propionic acid butyl, can be given diglyme or 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Moreover, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve polyimide precursors, such as a polyamic acid, if it is the range which does not precipitate the produced | generated polyimide precursor, it can also be mixed and used for the said solvent.
In addition, since the water | moisture content in an organic solvent inhibits a polymerization reaction and causes the produced | generated polyimide precursor to hydrolyze, it is preferable to use what dehydrated and dried the organic solvent.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンとを有機溶媒中で反応させる際には、ジアミンを有機溶媒に分散又は溶解させた溶液を攪拌させ、テトラカルボン酸二無水物をそのまま、又は、有機溶媒に分散若しくは溶解させて、添加する方法を用いることが可能である。また、逆に、テトラカルボン酸二無水物を有機溶媒に分散又は溶解させた溶液にジアミンを添加する方法や、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンとを交互に添加する方法等も挙げることができる。本発明においては、これらの何れの方法を用いてもよい。また、テトラカルボン酸二無水物及び/又はジアミンが複数種の化合物からなる場合は、あらかじめ混合した状態で反応させてもよく、個別に順次反応させてもよく、さらに個別に反応させた低分子量体を混合反応させて高分子量体としてもよい。 When reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine in an organic solvent, the solution in which the diamine is dispersed or dissolved in the organic solvent is stirred, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is dispersed as it is or in the organic solvent. Alternatively, it is possible to use a method of dissolving and adding. Inversely, a method of adding diamine to a solution in which tetracarboxylic dianhydride is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent, a method of alternately adding tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine, and the like can also be mentioned. . Any of these methods may be used in the present invention. Moreover, when tetracarboxylic dianhydride and / or diamine are composed of a plurality of types of compounds, they may be reacted in a premixed state, may be individually reacted sequentially, or may be further reacted individually. The body may be mixed and reacted to form a high molecular weight body.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンとを反応させる温度は、-20~150℃の範囲内で任意に選択することができるが、反応効率を考慮して、-5~100℃の範囲とすることが好ましい。また、反応は、任意の濃度で行うことができる。但し、濃度が低すぎると、高分子量のポリイミド前駆体を得ることが難しくなる。一方、濃度が高すぎると、反応液の粘性が高くなり過ぎて均一な攪拌が困難となる。したがって、好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%である。尚、反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後に有機溶媒を追加することも可能である。 The temperature for reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine can be arbitrarily selected within the range of −20 to 150 ° C., but in the range of −5 to 100 ° C. in consideration of the reaction efficiency. Is preferred. Moreover, reaction can be performed by arbitrary density | concentrations. However, if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polyimide precursor. On the other hand, if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring becomes difficult. Therefore, it is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass. It is also possible to carry out the reaction at a high concentration at the beginning of the reaction and then add an organic solvent.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させるとき、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンのモル数の比は0.8~1.2であることが好ましい。通常の重縮合反応と同様、このモル比が1に近いほど生成する重合体の重合度は大きくなる。重合度が小さすぎると、形成されるポリイミドワニスによるポリイミド塗膜の強度が不十分であり、また重合度が大きすぎるとポリイミド塗膜形成時の作業性が悪くなる場合がある。 When the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine are reacted, the ratio of the number of moles of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to the normal polycondensation reaction, the closer the molar ratio is to 1, the higher the degree of polymerization of the polymer produced. When the degree of polymerization is too small, the strength of the polyimide coating film by the formed polyimide varnish is insufficient, and when the degree of polymerization is too large, workability at the time of forming the polyimide coating film may be deteriorated.
 次に、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、ポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液をそれぞれ得た後、それら各溶液を混合して1つの反応溶液を得る。尚、必要な場合に、上述した溶媒等の適当な溶媒を用いてポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液をそれぞれ希釈し、それら各溶液を混合して1つの反応溶液を得る。反応溶液中のポリイミド前駆体の濃度は、好ましくは1~12質量%である。 Next, in the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention, after each of the solutions containing the polyimide precursor is obtained, each of these solutions is mixed to obtain one reaction solution. If necessary, each of the solutions containing the polyimide precursor is diluted with an appropriate solvent such as the above-described solvent, and these solutions are mixed to obtain one reaction solution. The concentration of the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is preferably 1 to 12% by mass.
 反応溶液中のポリイミド前駆体の濃度が1質量%より低いと、ポリイミド前駆体同士の相互作用が弱くなり、得られるポリイミドワニスにおいて、十分な印刷性の向上効果や塗膜形成時の凝集物を形成し難いという特性が十分に実現されず、さらに途中得られる粉末状ポリイミドの回収の際のろ過性が悪くなる。また、反応溶液中のポリイミド前駆体の濃度が12質量%より高いと、イミド化により得られたポリイミドを回収する場合に、精製の効率が低下してしまう。反応溶液中のポリイミド前駆体の濃度は、より好ましくは3~10質量%であり、さらに好ましくは5~8質量%である。 When the concentration of the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is lower than 1% by mass, the interaction between the polyimide precursors becomes weak, and in the resulting polyimide varnish, sufficient printability improvement effect and aggregates at the time of coating film formation The characteristic that it is difficult to form is not fully realized, and the filterability at the time of recovery of the powdered polyimide obtained on the way is deteriorated. Moreover, when the density | concentration of the polyimide precursor in a reaction solution is higher than 12 mass%, when collect | recovering the polyimide obtained by imidation, the efficiency of refinement | purification will fall. The concentration of the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is more preferably 3 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 8% by mass.
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、上述のようにして得られた反応溶液は、後述するように、反応溶液中の各ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化させる前に、10分~12時間経過させることが好ましい。反応溶液を得た後のイミド化までの経過時間が10分より短いと、得られるポリイミドワニスにおいて、十分な印刷性の向上効果や塗膜形成時に凝集物を形成し難いという特性が十分に実現されない。また、経過時間が12時間を超えると、ポリイミドワニスの調製に時間がかかりすぎて、ポリイミドワニスの生産性を低下させてしまう。反応溶液を得た後のイミド化までの経過時間は、より好ましくは30分~6時間であり、さらに好ましくは、1~5時間である。また、反応溶液を得た後、イミド化が行われるまでには、反応溶液の撹拌操作がなされることが好ましい。また、反応溶液を得た後のイミド化までの経過時間を短縮しようとする場合、反応溶液の温度を、例えば、イミド化が進行しない程度の範囲で、室温より高めるようにすることが好ましい。 In the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, the reaction solution obtained as described above is allowed to elapse for 10 minutes to 12 hours before imidizing each polyimide precursor in the reaction solution, as described later. Is preferred. When the elapsed time from the reaction solution to imidization is shorter than 10 minutes, the resulting polyimide varnish sufficiently realizes the effect of improving the printability and that it is difficult to form agglomerates during coating formation. Not. Moreover, when elapsed time exceeds 12 hours, preparation of a polyimide varnish will take time too much, and the productivity of a polyimide varnish will fall. The elapsed time until imidization after obtaining the reaction solution is more preferably 30 minutes to 6 hours, and further preferably 1 to 5 hours. Moreover, after obtaining the reaction solution, it is preferable that the reaction solution is stirred until imidization is performed. Moreover, when it is going to shorten the elapsed time until imidation after obtaining the reaction solution, it is preferable to raise the temperature of the reaction solution from room temperature, for example, in a range in which imidization does not proceed.
 次に、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、上述の反応溶液中の各ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化し、それぞれをポリイミドに転化させ、各ポリイミド前駆体に由来する2種類以上のポリイミドが含有されたポリイミド溶液を得る。このポリイミド溶液は、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させた状態であり、そのまま、本発明のポリイミドワニスとすることも可能である。
 このとき、各ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化率(脱水閉環率)は、必ずしも100%である必要はなく、用途や目的に応じて、好ましくは、40~90%、より好ましくは 45~85%の範囲で調整することができる。
Next, in the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, each polyimide precursor in the above reaction solution was imidized, each was converted to a polyimide, and two or more kinds of polyimides derived from each polyimide precursor were contained. A polyimide solution is obtained. This polyimide solution is a state in which two or more kinds of polyimides are dissolved in a solvent, and can be used as it is as the polyimide varnish of the present invention.
At this time, the imidization rate (dehydration ring closure rate) of each polyimide precursor is not necessarily 100%, and is preferably 40 to 90%, more preferably 45 to 85%, depending on the application and purpose. The range can be adjusted.
 ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化させる方法としては、ポリイミド前駆体を含有する反応溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化や、ポリイミド前駆体を含有する反応溶液に触媒を添加する触媒イミド化等が挙げられる。 Examples of the method for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidation in which the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor is heated as it is, catalyst imidization in which a catalyst is added to the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor, and the like.
 ポリイミド前駆体を含有する反応溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、100~400℃、好ましくは120~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を反応系外に除きながら行うことが好ましい。 The temperature for thermal imidization in the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor is 100 to 400 ° C., preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and it is performed while removing water generated by the imidation reaction from the reaction system. preferable.
 ポリイミド前駆体の触媒イミド化は、ポリイミド前駆体を含有する反応溶液に、塩基性触媒と酸無水物とを添加し、-20~250℃、好ましくは0~180℃で攪拌することにより行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量は、アミド酸基の0.5~30モル倍、好ましくは2~20モル倍であり、酸無水物の量は、アミド酸基の1~50モル倍、好ましくは3~30モル倍である。 The catalytic imidation of the polyimide precursor is performed by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the reaction solution containing the polyimide precursor and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C, preferably 0 to 180 ° C. Can do. The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times the amidic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol times the amido group. 30 mole times.
 塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリオクチルアミン等を挙げることができ、中でもピリジンは反応を進行させるのに適度な塩基性を持つ点で好ましい。酸無水物としては、無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸等を挙げることができ、中でも無水酢酸は、反応終了後の精製が容易となる点で好ましい。触媒イミド化によるイミド化率は、触媒量と反応温度、反応時間を調節することで制御可能である。 Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like, and among them, pyridine is preferable in that it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferable in that purification after the completion of the reaction is easy. The imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
 次に、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、好ましくは、得られたポリイミド溶液からポリイミドを回収する。回収されるポリイミドは、例えば、粉末状ポリイミドであり、用いた構造の異なる2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体のそれぞれに対応する、構造の異なる2種類以上のポリイミドが含まれている。 Next, in the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, preferably, the polyimide is recovered from the obtained polyimide solution. The recovered polyimide is, for example, powdered polyimide, and includes two or more types of polyimides having different structures corresponding to two or more types of polyimide precursors having different structures.
 ポリイミドを回収する場合には、ポリイミド溶液を貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させればよい。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としてはメタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、水等を挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は、濾過して回収した後、常圧又は減圧下で、常温又は加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒としては、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素等が挙げられ、これらの内から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。こうして2種類以上のポリイミドを含み、精製された粉末状ポリイミドを得る。 When recovering polyimide, the polyimide solution may be poured into a poor solvent and precipitated. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and water. The polymer put into a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration, and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved. Thus, a purified powdery polyimide containing two or more types of polyimide is obtained.
 粉末状ポリイミドに含まれる各ポリイミドの分子量は、それを用いて得られる膜の強度、塗膜形成時の作業性及び塗膜の均一性を考慮し、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量で5000~1000000とするのが好ましく、より好ましくは、10000~150000である。 The molecular weight of each polyimide contained in the powdered polyimide is the weight measured by the GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the film obtained using the polyimide, the workability at the time of forming the coating film, and the uniformity of the coating film. The average molecular weight is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
 次に、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法において、回収された2種以上のポリイミドを含む粉末状ポリイミドは、上述したポリイミド前駆体の合成反応に使用可能な溶媒等の中の、ポリイミド粉末を溶解することのできる溶媒に溶解される。そして、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法では、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させた状態とし、ポリイミドワニスを調製することができる。 Next, in the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, the powdered polyimide containing two or more kinds of recovered polyimide dissolves the polyimide powder in the solvent that can be used for the above-described synthesis reaction of the polyimide precursor. It is dissolved in a solvent that can. And in the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention, it can be set as the state which dissolved 2 or more types of polyimide in the solvent, and can prepare a polyimide varnish.
 次に、本発明の2種類以上のポリイミド含有するポリイミドワニスの調製方法の別の例について説明する。
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法の別の例では、ポリイミドワニスの調製に際し、始めに、含有させる2種類以上のポリイミドのそれぞれに対応するポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を、それぞれ別個に準備する。各溶液に含有されるポリイミド前駆体は、それぞれが、テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体とジアミンとの異なる組み合わせから形成され、互いに異なる構造を有する。
Next, another example of the method for preparing a polyimide varnish containing two or more kinds of polyimides of the present invention will be described.
In another example of the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, when preparing a polyimide varnish, first, solutions each containing a polyimide precursor corresponding to each of two or more types of polyimide to be contained are separately prepared. Each of the polyimide precursors contained in each solution is formed from a different combination of tetracarboxylic dianhydride or its derivative and diamine, and has a different structure.
 まず、ポリイミド前駆体を含有する各溶液のそれぞれについて、含有されるポリイミド前駆体のイミド化を行う。この場合、ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化率は、用途や目的に応じて異なるが、好ましくは、40~90%、より好ましくは、45~85%の範囲で調整される。そして、ポリイミド前駆体の種類に対応する2種類以上のポリイミドを、例えば、それぞれ粉末状として回収される。
 次いで、回収された複数種類の各粉末状のポリイミドを混合し、混合ポリイミド粉末を得る。かかる複数種類の粉末状のポリイミドの混合は、できるだけ十分に混合することが好ましく、そのため、撹拌子等で15分以上撹拌する等の混合手段を使用される。
 次いで、得られる混合ポリイミド粉末を溶媒中に溶解させることにより、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶解させた本発明のポリイミドワニスを調製することができる。
First, imidation of the contained polyimide precursor is performed for each of the solutions containing the polyimide precursor. In this case, the imidation ratio of the polyimide precursor varies depending on the application and purpose, but is preferably adjusted in the range of 40 to 90%, more preferably 45 to 85%. Then, two or more types of polyimides corresponding to the type of polyimide precursor are collected, for example, as powders.
Next, the collected plural kinds of powdery polyimides are mixed to obtain a mixed polyimide powder. Such a plurality of types of powdered polyimides are preferably mixed as much as possible. For this reason, a mixing means such as stirring for 15 minutes or more with a stirring bar or the like is used.
Next, the polyimide varnish of the present invention in which two or more kinds of polyimides are dissolved can be prepared by dissolving the obtained mixed polyimide powder in a solvent.
 かかる本発明のポリイミドワニスの別の例の調製方法は、2種類以上の粉末状のポリイミドをそれぞれ別個に準備した後、混合し、混合ポリイミド粉末を得た後で、それを溶媒に溶解させ、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させた状態のポリイミドワニスを調製する。2種類以上の粉末状のポリイミドは、それぞれが、テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体とジアミンとの異なる組み合わせから形成され、互いに異なる構造を有する。
 ここで、粉末状のポリイミドを溶解する溶媒としては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトン等が使用される。
The preparation method of another example of the polyimide varnish of the present invention is prepared by separately preparing two or more kinds of powdered polyimides, and then mixing them to obtain a mixed polyimide powder, and then dissolving it in a solvent. A polyimide varnish in which two or more types of polyimide are dissolved in a solvent is prepared. Two or more kinds of powdery polyimides are formed from different combinations of tetracarboxylic dianhydride or its derivative and diamine, and have different structures.
Here, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, or the like is used as a solvent for dissolving powdered polyimide.
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法の別の例において、選択可能なテトラカルボン酸二無水物等及びジアミンについては、上述したポリイミドワニスの調製方法と同様のものを用いることができる。そして、上述したポリイミドワニスの調製方法と同様に、それらを反応させて、ポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を、同様に準備することができる。 In another example of the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine that can be selected can be the same as the method for preparing the polyimide varnish described above. And like the preparation method of the polyimide varnish mentioned above, they are made to react and the solution containing a polyimide precursor can be similarly prepared.
 各溶液に含まれるポリイミド前駆体のイミド化については、上述したポリイミドワニスの調製方法における反応溶液でのイミド化と同様に行うことができる。ポリイミドの回収についても、同様とすることができる。回収された粉末状のポリイミドを用い、混合ポリイミド粉末を得た後は、上述したポリイミドワニスの調製方法と同様に、ポリイミド前駆体の合成反応に使用可能な溶媒等、混合ポリイミド粉末を溶解することのできる溶媒に溶解される。本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法の別の例では、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させた状態とし、別の例のポリイミドワニスを調製することができる。 The imidation of the polyimide precursor contained in each solution can be performed in the same manner as the imidization in the reaction solution in the above-described method for preparing a polyimide varnish. The same applies to the recovery of polyimide. After obtaining the mixed polyimide powder using the recovered powdered polyimide, dissolve the mixed polyimide powder, such as a solvent that can be used for the synthesis reaction of the polyimide precursor, in the same manner as the polyimide varnish preparation method described above. It is dissolved in a solvent capable of In another example of the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention, two or more kinds of polyimides are dissolved in a solvent, and a polyimide varnish of another example can be prepared.
〔液晶配向剤〕
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法により得られたポリイミドワニスを用いて製造される。すなわち、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法により得られたポリイミドワニスを、そのまま、本発明の液晶配向剤とすることができる。
 また、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法により得られたポリイミドワニスを、後述する適当な溶媒で希釈して、本発明の液晶配向剤を製造することもできる。
 また、本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法により得られたポリイミドワニスに、後述する添加剤をさらに添加して、本発明の液晶配向剤を製造することもできる。
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、液晶表示素子に用いられる液晶配向膜を形成するための塗布液であり、上記ポリイミドワニスに含有されるポリイミド等の重合体が溶媒に溶解した溶液である。本発明の液晶配向剤は、凝集物の発生を抑制するとともに印刷性に優れている。
[Liquid crystal aligning agent]
The liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is manufactured using the polyimide varnish obtained by the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention. That is, the polyimide varnish obtained by the method for preparing the polyimide varnish of the present invention can be used as it is as the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention.
Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention can also be manufactured by diluting the polyimide varnish obtained by the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention with the suitable solvent mentioned later.
Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention can also be manufactured by further adding the additive mentioned later to the polyimide varnish obtained by the preparation method of the polyimide varnish of this invention.
The liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is a coating liquid for forming the liquid crystal aligning film used for a liquid crystal display element, and is a solution in which polymers, such as a polyimide contained in the said polyimide varnish, melt | dissolved in the solvent. The liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is excellent in printability while suppressing generation | occurrence | production of the aggregate.
 本発明の液晶配向剤中の固形分濃度は、それを用いて形成する液晶配向膜の厚みの設定によって適宜変更することができるが、0.5~10質量%とすることが好ましく、1~8質量%とすることがより好ましい。固形分濃度が0.5質量%未満では、均一で欠陥のない塗膜を形成させることが困難となり、10質量%よりも多いと、溶液の保存安定性が悪くなる場合がある。ここで言う固形分とは、液晶配向剤から溶媒を除いた成分を言い、上記したポリイミド等の重合体及び後述する添加剤を意味する。 The solid content concentration in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be appropriately changed depending on the setting of the thickness of the liquid crystal aligning film formed using the same, but is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. It is more preferable to set it as 8 mass%. When the solid content concentration is less than 0.5% by mass, it is difficult to form a uniform and defect-free coating film. When the solid content concentration exceeds 10% by mass, the storage stability of the solution may be deteriorated. The term “solid content” as used herein refers to a component obtained by removing the solvent from the liquid crystal aligning agent, and means a polymer such as polyimide as described above and an additive described later.
 本発明の液晶配向剤の製造方法は特に限定されない。
 本発明のポリイミドワニスの調製方法により得られたポリイミドワニスを用い、必要とする場合、それを所望とする濃度まで溶媒で希釈して製造することができる。
The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is not specifically limited.
When the polyimide varnish obtained by the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention is used, it can be produced by diluting it with a solvent to a desired concentration.
 本発明の液晶配向剤の製造に使用可能な溶媒は、樹脂成分を溶解させる溶媒であれば特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。 The solvent that can be used in the production of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that dissolves the resin component. Specific examples are given below.
 使用可能な溶媒の具体例としては、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-ビニルピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、ジグライム、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン等が挙げられる。これらは単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。
 液晶配向剤における溶媒の含有量は、液晶配向剤の全量(100質量%)に対して、90~99質量%、好ましくは、92~98質量%である。
Specific examples of solvents that can be used include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N -Vinylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfone, hexamethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3- Butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate Over DOO, diglyme, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and the like. These may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is 90 to 99% by mass, preferably 92 to 98% by mass with respect to the total amount (100% by mass) of the liquid crystal aligning agent.
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、添加剤を含有することができる。添加剤の例としては、液晶配向剤を塗布した際の膜厚均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒や化合物、形成される液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物、熱安定性を向上させる酸化防止剤、光耐性を向上させる光安定剤などである。
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒(貧溶媒)の具体例としては、次のものが挙げられる。
The liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention can contain an additive. Examples of additives include solvents and compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when a liquid crystal aligning agent is applied, compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film to be formed and the substrate, and thermal stability. For example, an antioxidant for improving the light resistance, and a light stabilizer for improving the light resistance.
The following are mentioned as a specific example of the solvent (poor solvent) which improves the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness.
 例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトールアセテート、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、1-ヘキサノール、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-ブトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-フェノキシ-2-プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテル-2-アセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノエチルエーテル-2-アセテート、ジプロピレングリコール、2-(2-エトキシプロポキシ)プロパノール、乳酸メチルエステル、乳酸エチルエステル、乳酸n-プロピルエステル、乳酸n-ブチルエステル、乳酸イソアミルエステル等の低表面張力を有する溶媒等が挙げられる。 For example, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate Isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dip Pyrene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3 -Methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl Ether, 1-hexanol, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octa , Diethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate Ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol -1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2- (2-ethoxypropoxy) propanol, lactate methyl ester, lactate ethyl ester, lactate n-propyl ester, lactate n-butyl ester, lactate isoamyl ester, etc. Examples thereof include a solvent having a low surface tension.
 これらの貧溶媒は1種類でも複数種類を混合して用いてもよい。上記のような溶媒を用いる場合は、液晶配向剤に含まれる溶媒全体の5~80質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20~60質量%である。 These poor solvents may be used alone or in combination. When the above solvent is used, it is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、ノ二オン系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
 より具体的には、例えば、エフトップ(登録商標)EF301、EF303、EF352(トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファック(登録商標)F171、F173、R-30(大日本インキ社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガード(登録商標)AG710、サーフロン(登録商標)S-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(旭硝子社製)等が挙げられる。これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、液晶配向剤に含有される重合体成分の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01~1質量部である。
Examples of compounds that improve film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
More specifically, for example, F-top (registered trademark) EF301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430 FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710, Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and the like. The use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. .
 液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物の具体例としては、次に示す官能性シラン含有化合物やエポキシ基含有化合物などが挙げられる。
 例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,3,5,6-テトラグリシジル-2,4-ヘキサンジオール、N,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、N,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds and epoxy group-containing compounds.
For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-to Ethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltri Methoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-amino Propyltrimethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether , Polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetra Glycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N Examples include ', N',-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane.
 熱安定性を向上させる化合物の具体例としては、次に示すフェノール系化合物等が挙げられる。
 例えば、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-フェノール、2,4,6-トリス(3’,5’-ジ-tert-ブチル-4’-ヒドロキシベンジル)メシチレン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス[3-(3’,5’-ジ-tert-ブチル-4’-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、アセトンビス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メルカプトール、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェノール)、3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオン酸メチル、4,4’-チオジ(2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェノール)、トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌル酸、ビス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)スルフィド等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the compound that improves the thermal stability include the following phenol compounds.
For example, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-phenol, 2,4,6-tris (3 ′, 5′-di-tert-butyl-4 ′ -Hydroxybenzyl) mesitylene, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3 ′, 5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], acetone bis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy Phenyl) mercaptol, 4,4′-methylenebis (2,6-di-tert-butylphenol), methyl 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 4,4′-thiodi (2,6-di-tert-butylphenol), tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanuric acid, bis 3,5-di -tert- butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) sulfide and the like.
 光耐性を向上させる化合物として、次に示すヒンダードアミン系化合物などが挙げられる。
 例えば、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)[[3,5-ビス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-4-ヒドリキシフェニル]メチル]ブチルマロネート、1-[2-[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]-4-[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン等が挙げられる。
Examples of compounds that improve light resistance include the following hindered amine compounds.
For example, bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6 , 6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) [[3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butyl malonate, 1- [2- [3- (3,5- Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -2,2,6,6- Tetramethylpiperidine and the like can be mentioned.
〔液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子〕
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、基板に塗布し、乾燥、焼成することで塗膜とすることができ、この塗膜面をラビング処理や光照射等の配向処理することにより、液晶配向膜を形成することができる。基板に塗布する前には液晶配向剤を濾過しておくことが好ましい。
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、凝集物の発生を抑制するとともに印刷性に優れており、それから形成される液晶配向膜は、膜厚等、液晶配向膜としての特性の面内均一性に優れている。
[Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element]
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be applied to a substrate, dried and fired to form a coating film, and the coating film surface is subjected to an alignment treatment such as rubbing treatment or light irradiation to form a liquid crystal alignment film. can do. It is preferable to filter the liquid crystal aligning agent before applying to the substrate.
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention suppresses the generation of aggregates and is excellent in printability, and the liquid crystal alignment film formed therefrom is excellent in in-plane uniformity of characteristics as a liquid crystal alignment film such as a film thickness. Yes.
 本発明の液晶配向剤を基板に塗布する場合、使用する基板としては、透明性の高い基板を使用することができる。そうした基板としては、例えば、ガラス基板の他、アクリル基板やポリカーボネート基板等のプラスチック基板を用いることができる。
 液晶表示素子の製造において本発明の液晶配向剤を用いる場合、液晶駆動のためのITO(Indium Tin Oxide)電極等が形成された基板を用い、液晶配向膜を形成することが好ましい。また、反射型の液晶表示素子を製造する場合は、片側の基板のみにならばシリコンウエハ等の不透明な基板でも使用でき、この場合の電極はアルミニウム等の光を反射する材料を使用することもできる。
When applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention to a board | substrate, a highly transparent board | substrate can be used as a board | substrate to be used. As such a substrate, for example, a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can be used in addition to a glass substrate.
When using the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention in manufacture of a liquid crystal display element, it is preferable to form a liquid crystal aligning film using the board | substrate with which the ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) electrode etc. for a liquid crystal drive were formed. In the case of manufacturing a reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can be used as long as only one substrate is used. In this case, a material that reflects light such as aluminum may be used for the electrode. it can.
 本発明の液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布する方法としては、特に限定されないが、工業的には、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷又はインクジェット法などの方法が一般的である。その他の塗布方法としては、ディップ法、ロールコータ法、スリットコータ法、スピンナー法、スプレー法等があり、目的に応じてこれらを用いてもよい。
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、以上の塗布法を用いた場合であっても塗布性は良好である。
The method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention on the substrate is not particularly limited, but industrially, methods such as screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, or ink jet method are common. As other coating methods, there are a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method, a spray method, and the like, and these may be used according to the purpose.
Even if the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is a case where the above apply | coating method is used, applicability | paintability is favorable.
 液晶配向剤を塗布した後の乾燥の工程は、必ずしも必要とされないが、塗布後から焼成までの時間が基板ごとに一定していない場合や、塗布後ただちに焼成されない場合には、乾燥工程を含める方が好ましい。乾燥は、基板の搬送等により塗膜形状が変形しない程度に溶媒が蒸発していればよく、乾燥手段については特に限定されない。具体例を挙げるならば、50~150℃、好ましくは80~120℃のホットプレート上で、0.5~30分、好ましくは1~5分乾燥させる方法が挙げられる。 The drying process after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent is not necessarily required, but if the time from application to baking is not constant for each substrate, or if baking is not performed immediately after application, a drying process is included. Is preferred. The drying is not particularly limited as long as the solvent is evaporated to such an extent that the shape of the coating film is not deformed by transporting the substrate or the like. Specific examples include a method of drying on a hot plate at 50 to 150 ° C., preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for 0.5 to 30 minutes, preferably 1 to 5 minutes.
 液晶配向剤を塗布した基板の焼成は、ホットプレート、熱循環型オーブン、IR(赤外線)型オーブンなどの加熱手段により、100~350℃の任意の温度で行うことができる。焼成温度は、好ましくは150~300℃であり、さらに好ましくは180~250℃である。ただし、液晶表示素子の製造工程で必要とされる、シール剤硬化などの熱処理温度より、10℃以上高い温度で焼成することが好ましい。 Calcination of the substrate coated with the liquid crystal aligning agent can be performed at an arbitrary temperature of 100 to 350 ° C. by a heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven, or an IR (infrared) oven. The firing temperature is preferably 150 to 300 ° C, more preferably 180 to 250 ° C. However, firing is preferably performed at a temperature higher by 10 ° C. or more than the heat treatment temperature required for the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element such as sealing agent curing.
 焼成後の塗膜の厚みは、厚すぎると液晶表示素子の消費電力の面で不利となり、薄すぎると液晶表示素子の信頼性が低下する場合があるので、好ましくは10~200nm、より好ましくは50~100nmである。 If the thickness of the coating film after baking is too thick, it is disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered, so it is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 50 to 100 nm.
 上記のようにして基板上に形成された塗膜面のラビング処理は、既存のラビング装置を使用することができる。この際のラビング布の材質としては、コットン、レーヨン、ナイロン等が挙げられる。 For the rubbing treatment of the coating surface formed on the substrate as described above, an existing rubbing apparatus can be used. Examples of the material of the rubbing cloth at this time include cotton, rayon, and nylon.
 本発明の液晶配向剤を用いることにより、上記した手法により液晶配向膜付き基板を得た後、公知の方法で液晶表示素子を製造することができる。 By using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, a liquid crystal display element can be produced by a known method after obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal aligning film by the method described above.
 液晶表示素子の製造の一例を次に説明する。
 本発明の液晶配向剤を用いて形成された液晶配向膜を有する1対の基板を用意する。次いで、それら1対の基板を、好ましくは1~30μm、より好ましくは2~10μmのスペーサを挟んで、ラビング方向が0~270°の任意の角度となるように設置して周囲をシール剤で固定する。次いで、基板間に液晶を注入して封止する。液晶封入の方法については特に制限されず、作製した液晶セル内を減圧にした後に液晶を注入する真空法、液晶を滴下した後に封止を行う滴下法等が例示できる。
Next, an example of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element will be described.
A pair of substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared. Next, the pair of substrates is preferably placed with a spacer of 1 to 30 μm, more preferably 2 to 10 μm so that the rubbing direction is an arbitrary angle of 0 to 270 °, and the periphery is sealed with a sealant. Fix it. Next, liquid crystal is injected between the substrates and sealed. The method for enclosing the liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a vacuum method in which liquid crystal is injected after reducing the pressure inside the manufactured liquid crystal cell, and a dropping method in which sealing is performed after dropping the liquid crystal.
 このようにして製造された液晶表示素子は、本発明の液晶配向剤から形成された液晶配向膜を有し、液晶を挟持する基板間のギャップムラ等が無く、優れた表示品位を備え、さらに、高い信頼性を有している。 The liquid crystal display device thus produced has a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, has no gap unevenness between substrates that sandwich the liquid crystal, and has excellent display quality, Have high reliability.
 以下に実施例を挙げ、本発明をさらに詳しく説明する。尚、本発明はこれらに限定して解釈されるものではない。
 実施例及び比較例で使用する化合物等の略号は以下のとおりである。
The following examples further illustrate the present invention. The present invention is not construed as being limited to these.
Abbreviations such as compounds used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
<テトラカルボン酸二無水物>
 CBDA:1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物
 TDA:3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物
 PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物
 BODA:ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物
 TCA:2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物
<Tetracarboxylic dianhydride>
CBDA: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride TDA: 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride PMDA: pyromellitic acid dianhydride Anhydride BODA: Bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride TCA: 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride
<ジアミン>
 4ABA:4-アミノベンジルアミン
 3ABA:3-アミノベンジルアミン
 2,4-DAA:2,4-ジアミノ-N,N-ジアリルアニリン
 APC12:1,3-ジアミノー4-ドデシルオキシベンゼン
 APC18:1,3-ジアミノ-4-オクタデシルオキシベンゼン
 TPBP-2:4-(トランス-4-ペンチルシクロヘキシル)ベンズアミド‐2’,4’-フェニレンジアミン
 p-PDA:p-フェニレンジアミン
 Me-3ABA:3-((N-メチルアミノ)メチル)アニリン
 DABFr:3,5-ジアミノベンジル-2-フロイレート
 PCH7AB:4-(トランス-4-ノルマルヘプチルシクロヘキシル)-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン
 DDM:4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン
<Diamine>
4ABA: 4-aminobenzylamine 3ABA: 3-aminobenzylamine 2,4-DAA: 2,4-diamino-N, N-diallylaniline APC12: 1,3-diamino-4-dodecyloxybenzene APC18: 1,3- Diamino-4-octadecyloxybenzene TPBP-2: 4- (trans-4-pentylcyclohexyl) benzamide-2 ′, 4′-phenylenediamine p-PDA: p-phenylenediamine Me-3ABA: 3-((N-methyl Amino) methyl) aniline DABFr: 3,5-diaminobenzyl-2-fluorolate PCH7AB: 4- (trans-4-normalheptylcyclohexyl) -2,4-diaminobenzene DDM: 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane
<溶媒>
 NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
 GBL:γ-ブチロラクトン
 BCS:ブチルセロソルブ
<Solvent>
NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone GBL: γ-butyrolactone BCS: Butyl cellosolve
 以下に、実施例における各種の測定方法、評価方法について示す。
<分子量の測定>
 ポリアミック酸及びポリイミドの分子量は、該ポリイミド等をGPC(常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー)装置によって測定し、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレンオキシド換算値として数平均分子量と重量平均分子量を算出した。
 GPC装置:Shodex社製(GPC-101)
 カラム:Shodex社製(KD803、KD805の直列)
 カラム温度:50℃
 溶離液:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・HO)が30ミリモル/L(リットル)、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30ミリモル/L、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)が10ml/L)
 流速:1.0ml/分
 検量線作成用標準サンプル:東ソー社製 TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量約900000、150000、100000、及び30000)、及び、ポリマーラボラトリー社製ポリエチレングリコール(分子量約12000、4000、及び1000)。
Hereinafter, various measurement methods and evaluation methods in Examples will be described.
<Measurement of molecular weight>
The molecular weights of polyamic acid and polyimide were determined by measuring the polyimide and the like with a GPC (room temperature gel permeation chromatography) apparatus, and calculating the number average molecular weight and the weight average molecular weight as polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide equivalent values.
GPC device: manufactured by Shodex (GPC-101)
Column: manufactured by Shodex (series of KD803 and KD805)
Column temperature: 50 ° C
Eluent: N, N-dimethylformamide (as additives, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr · H 2 O) is 30 mmol / L (liter), phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) is 30 Mmol / L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10 ml / L)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Standard sample for preparing calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight: about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, and 30000) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, and polyethylene glycol (molecular weight: about 12,000, 4000, and 1000).
<イミド化率の測定>
 ポリイミドのイミド化率は次のようにして測定した。
 ポリイミド粉末20mgをNMRサンプル管に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d、0.05質量%TMS(テトラメチルシラン)混合品)0.53mlを添加し、完全に溶解させた。この溶液の500MHzのプロトンNMRを、日本電子データム社製NMR測定器(JNM-ECA500)にて測定した。イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5~10.0ppm付近に現れるアミック酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い次式によって求めた。
  イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
 上記式において、xはアミック酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミック酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミック酸のNH基プロトン一個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
<Measurement of imidization ratio>
The imidation ratio of polyimide was measured as follows.
20 mg of polyimide powder was placed in an NMR sample tube, and 0.53 ml of deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 , 0.05 mass% TMS (tetramethylsilane) mixture) was added and completely dissolved. 500 MHz proton NMR of this solution was measured with an NMR measuring instrument (JNM-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL Datum. The imidation rate is determined based on protons derived from structures that do not change before and after imidation as reference protons, and the peak integrated value of these protons and proton peaks derived from NH groups of amic acid appearing in the vicinity of 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. It calculated | required by following Formula using the integrated value.
Imidization rate (%) = (1−α · x / y) × 100
In the above formula, x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid, y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton, and α is one NH group proton of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%). The number ratio of the reference protons.
<凝集時間の評価>
 実施例及び比較例の各ポリイミドワニスを、Cr基板上に約0.1ml滴下し、温度23℃、湿度45%の環境に放置した。この液滴の端近傍付近を10分毎に顕微鏡で観察した。尚、観察は100倍の倍率で行った。凝集物が発生した時間を凝集開始時間として評価し、実施例及び比較例のポリイミドワニスの評価結果は、表1にまとめて記載した。
<Evaluation of aggregation time>
About 0.1 ml of each polyimide varnish of Examples and Comparative Examples was dropped on a Cr substrate and left in an environment at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a humidity of 45%. The vicinity of the end of the droplet was observed with a microscope every 10 minutes. The observation was performed at a magnification of 100 times. The time when the aggregates were generated was evaluated as the aggregation start time, and the evaluation results of the polyimide varnishes of the examples and comparative examples are listed in Table 1.
(合成例1)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、CBDAを19.86g(0.101mol)、PMDAを9.81g(0.045mol)、ジアミンとして、4ABAを5.50g(0.045mol)、2,4-DAAを12.20g(0.060mol)、APC12を13.16g(0.045mol)用い、NMP242.1g中、室温で18時間反応させ、ポリアミック酸(PAA-1)の濃度20質量%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の25℃における粘度は597mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量は、Mn=14224、Mw=36140であった。
(Synthesis Example 1)
As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, 19.86 g (0.101 mol) of CBDA, 9.81 g (0.045 mol) of PMDA, 5.50 g (0.045 mol) of 4ABA as diamine, 2,4-DAA Of APC12 and 13.16 g (0.045 mol) of APC12 were reacted in 242.1 g of NMP at room temperature for 18 hours to obtain a polyamic acid (PAA-1) solution having a concentration of 20% by mass. It was. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at 25 ° C. was 597 mPa · s. Moreover, the molecular weight of this polyamic acid was Mn = 14224 and Mw = 36140.
(合成例2)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、CBDAを21.84g(0.111mol),PMDAを4.42g(0.020mol)、ジアミンとして、3ABAを3.30g(0.027mol)、2,4-DAAを13.72g(0.067mol)、TPBPを16.51g(0.041mol)用い、NMP239.1g中、室温で22時間反応させ、ポリアミック酸(PAA-2)の濃度20質量%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の25℃における粘度は693mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量は、Mn=20366、Mw=54052であった。
(Synthesis Example 2)
21.84 g (0.111 mol) of CBDA, 4.42 g (0.020 mol) of PMDA as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, 3.30 g (0.027 mol) of 3ABA as a diamine, 2,4-DAA Was reacted at room temperature in 239.1 g of NMP at room temperature for 22 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (PAA-2) with a concentration of 20% by mass using 13.72 g (0.067 mol) of TPBP and 16.51 g (0.041 mol) of TPBP. It was. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at 25 ° C. was 693 mPa · s. Moreover, the molecular weight of this polyamic acid was Mn = 20366 and Mw = 54052.
(合成例3)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、TDAを41.62g(0.139mol)、ジアミン成分として、p-PDAを13.63g(0.126mol)、APC18を5.27g(0.014mol)用い、NMP238.7g中、室温で20時間反応させ、ポリアミック酸(PAA-3)の濃度20質量%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の25℃における粘度は948mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量Mn=11244、Mw=22915であった。
(Synthesis Example 3)
41.62 g (0.139 mol) of TDA was used as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, 13.63 g (0.126 mol) of p-PDA and 5.27 g (0.014 mol) of APC18 were used as the diamine component, and NMP238 In 20 g at room temperature to obtain a 20% by mass solution of polyamic acid (PAA-3). The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at 25 ° C. was 948 mPa · s. Moreover, it was molecular weight Mn = 11244 of this polyamic acid, and Mw = 22915.
(合成例4)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、CBDAを4.61g(0.024mol)、BODAを6.26g(0.025mol)、ジアミン成分として、p-PDAを2.97g(0.027mol)、3ABAを1.83g(0.015mol)、TPBPを3.06g(0.008mol)を用い、NMP74.91g中、室温で2時間反応させ、ポリアミック酸(PAA-4)の濃度20質量%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の25℃における粘度は967mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量Mn=10845、Mw=26494であった。
(Synthesis Example 4)
As a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, 4.61 g (0.024 mol) of CBDA, 6.26 g (0.025 mol) of BODA, and 2.97 g (0.027 mol) of p-PDA as a diamine component, 3ABA 1.83 g (0.015 mol) and 3.06 g (0.008 mol) of TPBP were reacted in 74.91 g of NMP at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a polyamic acid (PAA-4) solution having a concentration of 20% by mass. It was. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at 25 ° C. was 967 mPa · s. The molecular weight of this polyamic acid was Mn = 10845 and Mw = 26494.
(合成例5)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、CBDAを9.51g(0.048mol)、ジアミン成分として、Me-3ABAを4.77g(0.035mol)、DABFrを2.32g(0.010mol)、CAB-2を2.04g(0.005mol)用い、NMP74.6g中、室温で2時間反応させ、ポリアミック酸(PAA-5)の濃度20質量%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は584mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量Mn=11142、Mw=32633であった。
(Synthesis Example 5)
As tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, 9.51 g (0.048 mol) of CBDA, 4.77 g (0.035 mol) of Me-3ABA as a diamine component, 2.32 g (0.010 mol) of DABFr, CAB- 2 (2.04 g, 0.005 mol) was reacted in 74.6 g of NMP at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a polyamic acid (PAA-5) solution having a concentration of 20% by mass. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 584 mPa · s. Moreover, it was molecular weight Mn = 11142, Mw = 32633 of this polyamic acid.
(合成例6)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、TCAを10.87g(0.048mol)、ジアミン成分として、p-PDAを4.33g(0.040mol)、PCH7ABを3.81g(0.010mol)用い、NMP76.0g中、室温で20時間反応させポリアミック酸(PAA-6)の濃度20wt%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は685mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量Mn=11742、Mw=23111であった。
(Synthesis Example 6)
As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, 10.87 g (0.048 mol) of TCA, 4.33 g (0.040 mol) of p-PDA and 3.81 g (0.010 mol) of PCH7AB as diamine components were used, and NMP76 Reaction was carried out in 0.0 g at room temperature for 20 hours to obtain a polyamic acid (PAA-6) solution having a concentration of 20 wt%. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 685 mPa · s. The molecular weight of this polyamic acid was Mn = 11742 and Mw = 23111.
(合成例7)
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物成分として、TDAを14.87g(0.049mol)、ジアミン成分として、DDMを9.91g(0.05mol)用い、NMP74.6g中、50℃で20時間反応させポリアミック酸(PAA-7)の濃度20wt%の溶液を得た。このポリアミック酸溶液の温度25℃における粘度は483mPa・sであった。またこのポリアミック酸の分子量Mn=9835、Mw=20694であった。
(Synthesis Example 7)
A polyamic acid is prepared by reacting TDA (14.87 g, 0.049 mol) as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and 9.91 g (0.05 mol) as a diamine component in NMP (74.6 g) at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. A solution of (PAA-7) having a concentration of 20 wt% was obtained. The viscosity of this polyamic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C. was 483 mPa · s. Moreover, it was molecular weight Mn = 9835 of this polyamic acid, and Mw = 20694.
(実施例1)
 合成例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1)276.9gに、NMPを378.1g加えて希釈し、濃度8質量%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)を調製した。次に合成例2と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-2)271.5gに、NMPを401.6g加えて希釈し、濃度8質量%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-2-2)を調製した。
 次いで、315.0gのPAA-1-2と、135.0gのPAA-2-2を混合し、この混合溶液450.0gに無水酢酸24.73gとピリジン10.54gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1698g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-1)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は11529、重量平均分子量は31363であった。また、イミド化率は87%であった。
(Example 1)
278.9 g of NMP was added to 276.9 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did. Next, 401.6 g of NMP was added to 271.5 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-2) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2 and diluted to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-2-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. Was prepared.
Next, 315.0 g of PAA-1-2 and 135.0 g of PAA-2-2 were mixed, and 24.73 g of acetic anhydride and 10.54 g of pyridine were added to 450.0 g of this mixed solution. It was made to react for time and imidized. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1698 g of methanol to recover the precipitated solid. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-1). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 11529, and the weight average molecular weight was 31363. The imidation ratio was 87%.
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-1)の11.0gに、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、及びBCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-1)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として使用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。 80.7 g of GBL was added to 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-1), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP, and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-1) was 5.0% by mass, GBL was 47.5% by mass, A polyimide varnish containing 19.0% by mass of NMP and 28.5% by mass of BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例2)
 合成例3と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-3)22.0gに、NMPを33.0g加えて希釈し、濃度8質量%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-3-2)を調製した。次に、実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)220.0gを55.0gのPAA-3-2と混合し、この混合溶液275.0gに無水酢酸50.13gとピリジン23.31gを加え、40℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1186g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-2)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は9967、重量平均分子量は24637であった。また、イミド化率は94%であった。
(Example 2)
32.0 g of NMP was added to 22.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-3) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-3-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did. Next, 220.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 55.0 g of PAA-3-2, and 505.0 g of acetic anhydride was added to 275.0 g of this mixed solution. .13 g and pyridine 23.31 g were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1186 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-2). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9967, and the weight average molecular weight was 24637. The imidation ratio was 94%.
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-2)の11.0gに、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、及びBCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-2)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.4質量%、NMPが33.3質量%、BCSが14.3質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。 To 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-2), 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP, and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-2) was 5.0% by mass, GBL was 47.4% by mass, A polyimide varnish having NMP of 33.3 mass% and BCS of 14.3% mass was obtained. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例3)
 合成例4と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4)15.0gに、NMPを22.5g加えて希釈し、濃度8質量%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4-2)を調製した。次に、実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)87.5gを37.5gのPAA-4-2と混合し、この混合溶液125.0gに無水酢酸13.26gとピリジン10.28gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール509g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-3)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は5185、重量平均分子量は20781であった。また、イミド化率は50%であった。
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-3)の7.0gに、GBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-3)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 3)
22.5 g of NMP was added to 15.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-4-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did. Next, 87.5 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 37.5 g of PAA-4-2, and 125.0 g of this mixed solution was mixed with 13 acetic anhydride. .26 g and 10.28 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature, and then poured into 509 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-3). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 5185, and the weight average molecular weight was 20781. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 50%.
To 7.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-3), 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-3) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide varnish containing 19.0% by mass of NMP and 28.5% by mass of BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例4)
 合成例5と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-5)15.0gに、NMPを22.5g加えて希釈し、濃度8質量%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-5-2)を調製した。次に、実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)87.5gを37.5gのPAA-5-2と混合し、この混合溶液125.0gに無水酢酸13.31gとピリジン10.31gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール513g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-4)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は9996、重量平均分子量は26884であった。また、イミド化率は65%であった。
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-4)の7.0gに、GBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-4)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 4)
22.5 g of NMP was added to 15.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-5-2) having a concentration of 8% by mass. did. Next, 87.5 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 37.5 g of PAA-5-2, and 125.0 g of this mixed solution was mixed with acetic anhydride 13 .31 g and 10.31 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature, and then poured into 513 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-4). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9996, and the weight average molecular weight was 26884. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 65%.
To 7.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-4), 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-4) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide varnish containing 19.0% by mass of NMP and 28.5% by mass of BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例5)
 実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)350.0gに無水酢酸21.08gとピリジン8.99gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1330g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-5)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は10920、重量平均分子量は31108であった。また、イミド化率は80%であった。
(Example 5)
To 350.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, 21.08 g of acetic anhydride and 8.99 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1330 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-5). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10920, and the weight average molecular weight was 31108. The imidation ratio was 80%.
 実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-2-2)400.0gに無水酢酸22.26gとピリジン9.49gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1511g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-6)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は13306、重量平均分子量は35615であった。また、イミド化率は100%であった。 To 260.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-2-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, 22.26 g of acetic anhydride and 9.49 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1511 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-6). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 13306, and the weight average molecular weight was 35615. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 100%.
 次に、7.7gのSPI-5と3.3gのSPI-6を混合し、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、及びBCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-6)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。 Next, 7.7 g of SPI-5 and 3.3 g of SPI-6 were mixed, 80.7 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-6) was 5.0% by mass, and GBL was 47.5% by mass. %, NMP was 19.0 mass%, and BCS was 28.5 mass%. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例6)
 実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)110.0gに無水酢酸52.68gとピリジン24.50gを加え、40℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1185g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-7)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は9781、重量平均分子量は24985であった。また、イミド化率は95%であった。
(Example 6)
To 110.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, 52.68 g of acetic anhydride and 24.50 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1185 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-7). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9781, and the weight average molecular weight was 24985. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 95%.
 実施例2と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-3-2)100.0gに無水酢酸48.18gとピリジン22.41gを加え、40℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1140g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-8)の白色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は11262、重量平均分子量は26984であった。また、イミド化率は90%であった。 48.18 g of acetic anhydride and 22.41 g of pyridine were added to 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-3-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, and the mixture was reacted at 40 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1140 g of methanol to recover the precipitated solid. Further, this solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain a white powder of polyimide (SPI-8). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 11,262, and the weight average molecular weight was 26984. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 90%.
 次に、7.7gのSPI-7と3.3gのSPI-8を混合し、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、及びBCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-7+SPI-8)5.0質量%、GBLが47.4質量%、NMPが33.3質量%、BCSが14.3質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。 Next, 7.7 g of SPI-7 and 3.3 g of SPI-8 were mixed, 80.7 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-7 + SPI-8) was 5.0% by mass, and GBL was 47.4% by mass. A polyimide varnish having NMP of 33.3 mass% and BCS of 14.3 mass% was obtained. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例7)
 実施例3と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4-2)50.0gに無水酢酸14.04gとピリジン10.88gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール539g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-9)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は5901、重量平均分子量は24156であった。また、イミド化率は50%であった。
(Example 7)
To 50.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 3, 14.04 g of acetic anhydride and 10.88 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 539 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-9). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 5901, and the weight average molecular weight was 24156. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 50%.
 次に、実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-5)4.9gと、2.1gのSPI-9を混合し、GBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-9)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。 Next, 4.9 g of polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 and 2.1 g of SPI-9 were mixed, 58.3 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 8.2 g of GBL, 26.6 g of NMP and 39.9 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-9) was 5.0% by mass, and GBL was 47.5% by mass. %, NMP was 19.0 mass%, and BCS was 28.5 mass%. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例8)
 実施例4と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-5-2)50.0gに無水酢酸14.45gとピリジン11.20gを加え、50℃で2時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール559g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-10)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は11133、重量平均分子量は23773であった。また、イミド化率は65%であった。
(Example 8)
To 450.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 4, 14.45 g of acetic anhydride and 11.20 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 559 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-10). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 11133, and the weight average molecular weight was 23773. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 65%.
 次に、実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-5)4.9gと、2.1gのSPI-10を混合し、GBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-10)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤として利用できる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。 Next, 4.9 g of polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 and 2.1 g of SPI-10 were mixed, 58.3 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 8.2 g of GBL, 26.6 g of NMP and 39.9 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-10) was 5.0% by mass, and GBL was 47.5% by mass. %, NMP was 19.0 mass%, and BCS was 28.5 mass%. This polyimide varnish can be used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例9)
 合成例6と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-6)22.0gに、NMPを33.0g加えて希釈し、濃度8wt%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-6-2)を作成。次に実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1-2)220.0gを55.0gのPAA-6-2と混合し、この混合溶液275.0gに無水酢酸58.07gとピリジン27.00gを加え、40℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール1260g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-11)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は10739、重量平均分子量は23009であった。また、イミド化率は87%であった。
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-11)11.0gに、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-11)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
Example 9
32.0 g of NMP was added to 22.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-6) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 6 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-6-2) having a concentration of 8 wt%. Next, 220.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 55.0 g of PAA-6-2, and acetic anhydride 58. 07 g and 27.00 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 1260 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-11). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10739, and the weight average molecular weight was 23,093. The imidation ratio was 87%.
To 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-11), 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-11) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33.3%. A polyimide varnish having 3 wt% and 14.3 wt% BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例10)
 実施例9と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-6-2)50.0gに無水酢酸11.71gとピリジン5.45gを加え、50℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール187g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-12)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は9879、重量平均分子量は21571であった。また、イミド化率は86%であった。
 次に8.8gのSPI-5と、2.2gのSPI-12を混合し、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-12)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 10)
To 50.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-6-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 9, 11.71 g of acetic anhydride and 5.45 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 187 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-12). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9879, and the weight average molecular weight was 21571. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 86%.
Next, 8.8 g of SPI-5 and 2.2 g of SPI-12 were mixed, 80.7 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-12) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33 A polyimide varnish having a content of 0.3 wt% and a BCS of 14.3 wt% was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例11)
 実施例2と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-3-2)100.0gと、実施例4と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-5-2)100.0gを混合し、この混合溶液200.0gに無水酢酸43.14gとピリジン20.06gを加え、50℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール834g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-13)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は9986、重量平均分子量は20016であった。また、イミド化率は70%であった。
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-13)11.0gに、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-13)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 11)
100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-3-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 and 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-5-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 4 were mixed. Then, 43.14 g of acetic anhydride and 20.06 g of pyridine were added to 200.0 g of this mixed solution, and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 834 g of methanol to recover the precipitated solid. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-13). This polyimide had a number average molecular weight of 9,986 and a weight average molecular weight of 2,016. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 70%.
80.7 g of GBL was added to 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-13), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-13) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide varnish having 3 wt% and 14.3 wt% BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例12)
 実施例6と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-8)5.5gと実施例8と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-10)5.5gを混合し、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-8+SPI-10)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
Example 12
5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-8) obtained in the same manner as in Example 6 and 5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-10) obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 were mixed, and 80.7 g of GBL was added. Stir at 20 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-8 + SPI-10) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33 A polyimide varnish having a content of 0.3 wt% and a BCS of 14.3 wt% was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例13)
 合成例7と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7)40.0gに、NMPを60.0g加えて希釈し、濃度8wt%のポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7-2)を作成。次に実施例1と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-2-2)100.0gを100.0gのPAA-7-2と混合し、この混合溶液200.0gに無水酢酸18.28gとピリジン14.17gを加え、50℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール814g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-14)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は10917、重量平均分子量は22582であった。また、イミド化率は85%であった。
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-14)11.0gに、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-14)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 13)
60.0 g of NMP was added to 40.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7) obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 7 and diluted to prepare a polyamic acid solution (PAA-7-2) having a concentration of 8 wt%. Next, 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-2-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 was mixed with 100.0 g of PAA-7-2. 28 g and 14.17 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 814 g of methanol to recover the precipitated solid. The solid was washed twice with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-14). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10917, and the weight average molecular weight was 22582. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 85%.
To 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-14), 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-14) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide varnish having 3 wt% and 14.3 wt% BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例14)
 実施例13と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7-2)100.0gに無水酢酸16.38gとピリジン7.62gを加え、50℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール345g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-15)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は10003、重量平均分子量は21093であった。また、イミド化率は83%であった。
 次に実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-6)5.5gと、5.5gのSPI-15を混合し、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-6+SPI-15)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 14)
To 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 13, 16.38 g of acetic anhydride and 7.62 g of pyridine were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 345 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-15). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 10003, and the weight average molecular weight was 21093. Further, the imidization ratio was 83%.
Next, 5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-6) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 and 5.5 g of SPI-15 were mixed, 80.7 g of GBL was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-6 + SPI-15) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33 A polyimide varnish having a content of 0.3 wt% and a BCS of 14.3 wt% was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例15)
 実施例3と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-4-2)100.0gと、実施例13と同様にして得られたポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-7-2)100.0gを混合し、この混合溶液200.0gに無水酢酸22.46gとピリジン17.40gを加え、50℃で3時間反応させてイミド化した。得られたポリイミド溶液を室温程度まで冷却後、メタノール840g中に投入し、沈殿した固形物を回収した。さらに、この固形物をメタノールで2回洗浄した後、100℃で減圧乾燥して、ポリイミド(SPI-16)の黄土色粉末を得た。このポリイミドの数平均分子量は9765、重量平均分子量は21724であった。また、イミド化率は61%であった。
 得られたポリイミド(SPI-16)11.0gに、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-16)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 15)
100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 and 100.0 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-7-2) obtained in the same manner as in Example 13 were mixed. Then, 22.46 g of acetic anhydride and 17.40 g of pyridine were added to 200.0 g of this mixed solution, and reacted at 50 ° C. for 3 hours to imidize. The obtained polyimide solution was cooled to about room temperature and then poured into 840 g of methanol, and the precipitated solid was recovered. The solid was washed twice with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain an ocher powder of polyimide (SPI-16). The number average molecular weight of this polyimide was 9765, and the weight average molecular weight was 21724. Moreover, the imidation ratio was 61%.
To 11.0 g of the obtained polyimide (SPI-16), 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-16) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide varnish having 3 wt% and 14.3 wt% BCS was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(実施例16)
 実施例7と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-9)5.5gと実施例14と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-15)5.5gを混合し、GBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-9+SPI-15)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミドワニスを得た。このポリイミドワニスは、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤となる。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Example 16)
5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-9) obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 and 5.5 g of polyimide (SPI-15) obtained in the same manner as in Example 14 were mixed, and 80.7 g of GBL was added. Stir at 20 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-9 + SPI-15) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33 A polyimide varnish having a content of 0.3 wt% and a BCS of 14.3 wt% was obtained. This polyimide varnish becomes a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it is. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(比較例1)
 実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-5)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、及びBCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-6)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、及びBCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-6)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次に、上記で得られたポリイミド溶液(SPI-5の濃度が5.0質量%)140gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-6の濃度が5.0質量%)60gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-6)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSga28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Comparative Example 1)
To 11.0 g of polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP, and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-5) was 5.0% by mass, GBL was 47.5% by mass, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
To 11.0 g of polyimide (SPI-6) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-6) was 5.0% by mass, GBL was 47.5% by mass, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
Next, 140 g of the polyimide solution obtained above (SPI-5 concentration is 5.0 mass%) and 60 g of the polyimide solution (SPI-6 concentration is 5.0 mass%) are mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A polyimide varnish having a solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-6) of 5.0% by mass, GBL of 47.5% by mass, NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCSga of 28.5% by mass was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(比較例2)
 実施例6と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-7)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、及びBCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-7)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.4質量%、NMPが33.3質量%、BCSが14.3質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例6と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-8)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、及びBCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-8)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.4質量%、NMPが33.3質量%、BCSが14.3質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次に、上記で得られたポリイミド溶液(SPI-7の濃度が5.0質量%)140gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-8の濃度が5.0質量%)60gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-7+SPI-8)5.0質量%、GBLが47.4質量%、NMPが33.3質量%、BCSが14.3質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Comparative Example 2)
GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-7) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 6, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL23.7g, NMP73.2g, and BCS31.4g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-7) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.4 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 33.3% by mass and BCS of 14.3% by mass was obtained.
GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-8) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 6, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-8) was 5.0% by mass, GBL was 47.4% by mass, A polyimide solution having NMP of 33.3% by mass and BCS of 14.3% by mass was obtained.
Next, 140 g of the polyimide solution obtained above (SPI-7 concentration 5.0 mass%) and 60 g polyimide solution (SPI-8 concentration 5.0 mass%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thus, a polyimide varnish having a solid content (SPI-7 + SPI-8) of 5.0% by mass, GBL of 47.4% by mass, NMP of 33.3% by mass, and BCS of 14.3% by mass was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(比較例3)
 実施例7と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-9)7.0gに、GBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-9)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-5)7.0gに、GBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次に、上記で得られたポリイミド溶液(SPI-5の濃度が5.0質量%)140gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-9の濃度が5.0質量%)60gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-9)5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Comparative Example 3)
To 7.0 g of polyimide (SPI-9) obtained in the same manner as in Example 7, 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-9) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
To 7.0 g of polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-5) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
Next, 140 g of the polyimide solution obtained above (SPI-5 concentration 5.0 mass%) and 60 g polyimide solution (SPI-9 concentration 5.0 mass%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thus, a polyimide varnish having a solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-9) of 5.0% by mass, GBL of 47.5% by mass, NMP of 19.0% by mass, and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(比較例4)
 実施例8と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-10)7.0gにGBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-10)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-5)7.0gにGBL58.3gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらに、この溶液にGBL8.2g、NMP26.6g、及びBCS39.9gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5)が5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次に、上記で得られたポリイミド溶液(SPI-5の濃度が5.0質量%)140gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-10の濃度が5.0質量%)60gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-10)5.0質量%、GBLが47.5質量%、NMPが19.0質量%、BCSが28.5質量%のポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を、上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表1に示す。
(Comparative Example 4)
To 7.0 g of polyimide (SPI-10) obtained in the same manner as in Example 8, 58.3 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-10) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
GBL58.3g was added to 7.0g of polyimides (SPI-5) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 5, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Furthermore, GBL8.2g, NMP26.6g, and BCS39.9g were added to this solution, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours, solid content (SPI-5) was 5.0 mass%, GBL was 47.5 mass%, A polyimide solution having NMP of 19.0% by mass and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained.
Next, 140 g of the polyimide solution obtained above (SPI-5 concentration is 5.0 mass%) and 60 g of the polyimide solution (SPI-10 concentration is 5.0 mass%) are mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thus, a polyimide varnish having a solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-10) of 5.0% by mass, GBL of 47.5% by mass, NMP of 19.0% by mass, and BCS of 28.5% by mass was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(比較例5)
 実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-5)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例10と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-12)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、BCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-12)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次にポリイミド溶液(SPI-5濃度5.0wt%)160gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-12濃度5.0wt%)40gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-5+SPI-12)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%の配向材を得た。ポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表2に示す。
(Comparative Example 5)
To 11.0 g of polyimide (SPI-5) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-5) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-12) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 10, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-12) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
Next, 160 g of polyimide solution (SPI-5 concentration 5.0 wt%) and 40 g of polyimide solution (SPI-12 concentration 5.0 wt%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a solid content (SPI-5 + SPI-12) 5 An alignment material having 0.0 wt%, GBL 47.4 wt%, NMP 33.3 wt%, and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained. A polyimide varnish was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
(比較例6)
 実施例6と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-8)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-8)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例8と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-10)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、BCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-10)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次にポリイミド溶液(SPI-8濃度5.0wt%)100gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-10濃度5.0wt%)100gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-8+SPI-10)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%の配向材を得た。ポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表2に示す。
(Comparative Example 6)
GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-8) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 6, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-8) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-10) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 8, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP, and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution, followed by stirring at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-10) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
Next, 100 g of polyimide solution (SPI-8 concentration 5.0 wt%) and 100 g of polyimide solution (SPI-10 concentration 5.0 wt%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a solid content (SPI-8 + SPI-10) 5 An alignment material having 0.0 wt%, GBL 47.4 wt%, NMP 33.3 wt%, and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained. A polyimide varnish was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
(比較例7)
 実施例5と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-6)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-6)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例14と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-15)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、BCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-15)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次にポリイミド溶液(SPI-6濃度5.0wt%)100gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-15濃度5.0wt%)100gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-6+SPI-15)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%の配向材を得た。ポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表2に示す。
(Comparative Example 7)
To 11.0 g of polyimide (SPI-6) obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP, and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution, followed by stirring at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-6) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt%, and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
To 11.0 g of polyimide (SPI-15) obtained in the same manner as in Example 14, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-15) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
Next, 100 g of polyimide solution (SPI-6 concentration 5.0 wt%) and 100 g of polyimide solution (SPI-15 concentration 5.0 wt%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a solid content (SPI-6 + SPI-15) 5 An alignment material having 0.0 wt%, GBL 47.4 wt%, NMP 33.3 wt%, and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained. A polyimide varnish was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
(比較例8)
 実施例7と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-9)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.7g、NMP73.2g、BCS31.4gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-9)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 実施例14と同様にして得られたポリイミド(SPI-15)11.0gにGBL80.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌した。攪拌終了時点でポリイミドは完全に溶解していた。さらにこの溶液にGBL23.8g、NMP41.8g、BCS62.7gを加え、50℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-15)が5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%のポリイミド溶液を得た。
 次にポリイミド溶液(SPI-9濃度5.0wt%)100gとポリイミド溶液(SPI-15濃度5.0wt%)100gを混合し、室温で2時間攪拌し、固形分(SPI-9+SPI-15)5.0wt%、GBLが47.4wt%、NMPが33.3wt%、BCSが14.3wt%の配向材を得た。ポリイミドワニスを得た。得られたポリイミドワニスの凝集開始時間を上述の評価方法に従い評価した。評価結果は表2に示す。
(Comparative Example 8)
GBL80.7g was added to 11.0g of polyimides (SPI-9) obtained by carrying out similarly to Example 7, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.7 g of GBL, 73.2 g of NMP and 31.4 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-9) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
To 11.0 g of polyimide (SPI-15) obtained in the same manner as in Example 14, 80.7 g of GBL was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The polyimide was completely dissolved at the end of stirring. Further, 23.8 g of GBL, 41.8 g of NMP and 62.7 g of BCS were added to this solution and stirred at 50 ° C. for 20 hours. The solid content (SPI-15) was 5.0 wt%, GBL was 47.4 wt% and NMP was 33. A polyimide solution with 3 wt% and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained.
Next, 100 g of polyimide solution (SPI-9 concentration 5.0 wt%) and 100 g of polyimide solution (SPI-15 concentration 5.0 wt%) were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a solid content (SPI-9 + SPI-15) 5 An alignment material having 0.0 wt%, GBL 47.4 wt%, NMP 33.3 wt%, and BCS 14.3 wt% was obtained. A polyimide varnish was obtained. The aggregation start time of the obtained polyimide varnish was evaluated according to the evaluation method described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
 表1及び表2においては、ポリイミドワニスの調製方法の欄を設けているが、実施例1~4、9、11、13及び15は、2種類のポリイミド前駆体溶液を混合して反応溶液を得て、そのままイミド化し、2種類のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させたポリイミド溶液を得て、ポリイミドワニスを調製している。実施例1~4、9、11、13及び15のワニス調製方法については、表1中で「I」と記載した。 In Tables 1 and 2, a column for preparing a polyimide varnish is provided. In Examples 1 to 4, 9, 11, 13, and 15, two types of polyimide precursor solutions are mixed to obtain a reaction solution. Obtained and imidized as it is, a polyimide solution in which two kinds of polyimides were dissolved in a solvent was obtained, and a polyimide varnish was prepared. The varnish preparation methods of Examples 1 to 4, 9, 11, 13, and 15 are described as “I” in Table 1.
 実施例5~8、10、12、14及び16は、2種類の粉末状のポリイミドをそれぞれ別個に準備し、それらを混合した後、溶媒に溶解させ、2種類のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させたポリイミド溶液を得て、ポリイミドワニスを調製している。実施例5~8、10、12、14及び16のワニス調製方法については、表1中で「II」と記載した。
 比較例1~8は、2種類の粉末状のポリイミドをそれぞれ別個に準備し、それぞれを溶媒に溶解させて2種類のポリイミド溶液を得て、その後、各ポリイミド溶液を混合し、2種類のポリイミドを溶媒に溶解させたポリイミド溶液を得て、ポリイミドワニスを調製している。比較例1~8のワニス調製方法については、表1中で「III」と記載した。
In Examples 5 to 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16, two kinds of powdered polyimides were separately prepared, mixed, and then dissolved in a solvent, and two kinds of polyimide were dissolved in the solvent. A polyimide solution is obtained and a polyimide varnish is prepared. The varnish preparation methods of Examples 5 to 8, 10, 12, 14, and 16 are described as “II” in Table 1.
In Comparative Examples 1 to 8, two kinds of powdered polyimides were prepared separately, and each was dissolved in a solvent to obtain two kinds of polyimide solutions, and then each polyimide solution was mixed to obtain two kinds of polyimides. A polyimide varnish is prepared by obtaining a polyimide solution in which is dissolved in a solvent. The varnish preparation methods of Comparative Examples 1 to 8 are described as “III” in Table 1.
 また、表1及び2の成分の欄においては、主な成分として、実施例及び比較例において使用したポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1~PAA-7)を記載した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
In the column of components in Tables 1 and 2, the polyamic acid solutions (PAA-1 to PAA-7) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are listed as main components.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 表1に示すように、実施例1~4、9、11、13及び15のポリイミドワニスは、使用したポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1~PAA-7)が同じで、ワニス調製方法が異なる比較例1~8に比べ、凝集開始時間が長く、塗膜形成時の凝集物の発生が起こり難いことがわかった。
 同様に、実施例5~8、10、12、14及び16のポリイミドワニスは、使用したポリアミック酸溶液(PAA-1~PAA-7)が同じで、ワニス調製方法の異なる比較例1~8に比べ、凝集開始時間が長く、塗膜形成時の凝集物の発生が起こり難いことがわかった。
As shown in Table 1, the polyimide varnishes of Examples 1 to 4, 9, 11, 13 and 15 are comparative examples in which the polyamic acid solutions (PAA-1 to PAA-7) used are the same and the varnish preparation methods are different. Compared with 1 to 8, it was found that the aggregation start time was longer and the generation of aggregates during the formation of the coating film hardly occurred.
Similarly, in the polyimide varnishes of Examples 5 to 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16, the polyamic acid solutions (PAA-1 to PAA-7) used were the same, and Comparative Examples 1 to 8 having different varnish preparation methods were used. In comparison, it was found that the aggregation start time was long and the generation of aggregates during the formation of the coating film hardly occurred.
 以上のことから、実施例1~16のポリイミドワニスは、塗膜の形成時に凝集物の発生し難い液晶配向剤を提供できることがわかった。
 また、実施例1~4のポリイミドワニスを用いた液晶配向剤は、塗膜の形成時に凝集物の発生の抑制に特に好適であることがわかった。
From the above, it was found that the polyimide varnishes of Examples 1 to 16 can provide a liquid crystal aligning agent in which aggregates are hardly generated when a coating film is formed.
In addition, it was found that the liquid crystal aligning agents using the polyimide varnishes of Examples 1 to 4 are particularly suitable for suppressing the generation of aggregates during the formation of the coating film.
 本発明のポリイミドワニス調製方法により得られたポリイミドワニスは、印刷性に優れるとともに塗膜形成時に凝集物を形成し難いという特徴を有する液晶配向剤として好適に用いられる。
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤を用いて形成された液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子は、表示の均一性に優れて高い表示品位を有し、大型の液晶TVや、高精細な画像を表示するスマートフォン等の携帯用情報端末用の表示素子として好適に用いることができる。
The polyimide varnish obtained by the method for preparing a polyimide varnish of the present invention is suitably used as a liquid crystal aligning agent having characteristics that it is excellent in printability and is difficult to form an aggregate during coating film formation.
In addition, a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a high display quality with excellent display uniformity, and displays a large liquid crystal TV or a high-definition image. It can use suitably as a display element for portable information terminals, such as a smart phone.
 なお、2012年1月26日に出願された日本特許出願2012-014416号の明細書、特許請求の範囲、及び要約書の全内容をここに引用し、本発明の明細書の開示として、取り入れるものである。 The entire contents of the specification, claims, and abstract of Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-014416 filed on January 26, 2012 are incorporated herein as the disclosure of the specification of the present invention. Is.

Claims (14)

  1.  2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液中で、当該ポリイミド前駆体をそれぞれイミド化し、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶解して含有するポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 A method for preparing a polyimide varnish comprising imidizing each of the polyimide precursors in a solution containing two or more types of polyimide precursors, and dissolving and containing two or more types of polyimides.
  2.  前記ポリイミド前駆体の溶液中の濃度が、1~12質量%である請求項1に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 The method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to claim 1, wherein the concentration of the polyimide precursor in the solution is 1 to 12% by mass.
  3.  前記溶液中での前記ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化は、前記2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体を含む溶液を調製の後、10分~12時間経過してから行われる請求項1又は2に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 The polyimide according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the imidization of the polyimide precursor in the solution is performed after 10 minutes to 12 hours have elapsed after preparing the solution containing the two or more types of polyimide precursors. Preparation method of varnish.
  4.  前記2種類以上のポリイミド前駆体の少なくとも1種は、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物及び芳香族環を含有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いて形成されたポリイミド前駆体である請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 At least one of the two or more types of polyimide precursors is 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene The polyimide precursor formed by using at least one selected from the group consisting of succinic dianhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an aromatic ring. Preparation method of polyimide varnish as described in 2.
  5.  2種類以上のポリイミドを粉末状態で混合し、混合されたポリイミド粉末を溶媒に溶解し、2種類以上のポリイミドを溶解して含有するポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 A method for preparing a polyimide varnish comprising mixing two or more types of polyimide in a powder state, dissolving the mixed polyimide powder in a solvent, and dissolving and containing two or more types of polyimide.
  6.  前記2種類以上のポリイミドのうち少なくとも1種は、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物及び芳香族環を含有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いて形成されたポリイミド前駆体をイミド化したポリイミドである請求項5に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 At least one of the two or more types of polyimides is 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinate. 6. The polyimide obtained by imidizing a polyimide precursor formed using at least one selected from the group consisting of an acid dianhydride and an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an aromatic ring. Preparation method of polyimide varnish.
  7.  前記ポリイミドの重量平均分子量が、10000~150000である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法。 The method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the polyimide has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 150,000.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法を用いて得られるポリイミドワニス。 A polyimide varnish obtained by using the method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項5~7のいずれか1項に記載のポリイミドワニスの調製方法を用いて得られるポリイミドワニス。 A polyimide varnish obtained by using the method for preparing a polyimide varnish according to any one of claims 5 to 7.
  10.  請求項8又は9に記載のポリイミドワニスを用いて得られる液晶配向剤。 Liquid crystal aligning agent obtained using the polyimide varnish of Claim 8 or 9.
  11.  さらに、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン及びγ-ブチロラクトンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する請求項10に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 10, further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and γ-butyrolactone.
  12.  請求項10又は11に記載の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 10 or 11.
  13.  膜厚が、10~200μmである請求項12に記載の液晶配向膜。 The liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 12, wherein the film thickness is 10 to 200 μm.
  14.  請求項12又は13に記載の液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 12.
PCT/JP2013/051508 2012-01-26 2013-01-24 Method for preparing polyimide varnish, and liquid crystal aligning agent WO2013111836A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380016641.XA CN104245843A (en) 2012-01-26 2013-01-24 Method for preparing polyimide varnish, and liquid crystal aligning agent
KR1020147023414A KR102000322B1 (en) 2012-01-26 2013-01-24 Method for preparing polyimide varnish, and liquid crystal aligning agent
JP2013555312A JP6083388B2 (en) 2012-01-26 2013-01-24 Method for producing liquid crystal aligning agent

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-014416 2012-01-26
JP2012014416 2012-01-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013111836A1 true WO2013111836A1 (en) 2013-08-01

Family

ID=48873548

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/051508 WO2013111836A1 (en) 2012-01-26 2013-01-24 Method for preparing polyimide varnish, and liquid crystal aligning agent

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6083388B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102000322B1 (en)
CN (1) CN104245843A (en)
TW (1) TWI564344B (en)
WO (1) WO2013111836A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014054703A1 (en) * 2012-10-03 2014-04-10 日産化学工業株式会社 Structure, light extraction film, electronic device, and method for forming structure
JP2016080796A (en) * 2014-10-14 2016-05-16 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method of the same
WO2019065136A1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-04 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film
JP2019059835A (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-18 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film
JP2019059834A (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-18 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017090781A (en) * 2015-11-13 2017-05-25 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Varnish for optical alignment film and liquid crystal display
JP7076939B2 (en) 2016-07-19 2022-05-30 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Varnish for photo-alignment film and liquid crystal display device
EP3494165A1 (en) 2016-08-03 2019-06-12 SABIC Global Technologies B.V. Method for the manufacture of a poly(imide) prepolymer powder and varnish, poly(imide) prepolymer powder and varnish prepared thereby, and poly(imide) prepared therefrom

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07247428A (en) * 1994-03-14 1995-09-26 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Heat-resistant resin composition
JPH09311338A (en) * 1996-05-16 1997-12-02 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Liquid crystal orienting agent
JP2002088241A (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-03-27 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element obtained using the same
WO2004053583A1 (en) * 2002-12-11 2004-06-24 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Liquid crystl orientating agent and liquid crystal display element using it

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3289271B2 (en) 1995-02-13 2002-06-04 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal device using the same
JP3738486B2 (en) 1996-05-08 2006-01-25 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
KR100433973B1 (en) * 1996-05-16 2004-07-16 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent
EP1308771A4 (en) * 2000-07-07 2004-03-24 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal orientating agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP5109979B2 (en) 2006-11-24 2012-12-26 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
WO2009148100A1 (en) 2008-06-04 2009-12-10 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using same
JP5900328B2 (en) * 2010-04-30 2016-04-06 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07247428A (en) * 1994-03-14 1995-09-26 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Heat-resistant resin composition
JPH09311338A (en) * 1996-05-16 1997-12-02 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Liquid crystal orienting agent
JP2002088241A (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-03-27 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element obtained using the same
WO2004053583A1 (en) * 2002-12-11 2004-06-24 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Liquid crystl orientating agent and liquid crystal display element using it

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014054703A1 (en) * 2012-10-03 2014-04-10 日産化学工業株式会社 Structure, light extraction film, electronic device, and method for forming structure
JPWO2014054703A1 (en) * 2012-10-03 2016-08-25 日産化学工業株式会社 Structure, light extraction film, electronic device, and method of forming structure
JP2016080796A (en) * 2014-10-14 2016-05-16 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method of the same
US10197862B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2019-02-05 Japan Display Inc. Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
US10761376B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2020-09-01 Japan Display Inc. Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
WO2019065136A1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-04 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film
JP2019059835A (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-18 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film
JP2019059834A (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-18 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film
JP6993673B2 (en) 2017-09-26 2022-01-13 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film
JP6993672B2 (en) 2017-09-26 2022-01-13 河村産業株式会社 Polyimide powder, polyimide varnish and polyimide film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20140117593A (en) 2014-10-07
TWI564344B (en) 2017-01-01
CN104245843A (en) 2014-12-24
TW201343786A (en) 2013-11-01
JP6083388B2 (en) 2017-02-22
JPWO2013111836A1 (en) 2015-05-11
KR102000322B1 (en) 2019-07-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6083388B2 (en) Method for producing liquid crystal aligning agent
JP7027890B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP6593603B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2009093709A1 (en) Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element
JP6314827B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20190124815A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5900328B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same
WO2014133042A1 (en) Polymer, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6146576B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6206187B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP7081488B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP6330662B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2018043325A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
CN104969123B (en) Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display element
WO2014024892A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6384663B2 (en) Polymer, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6056754B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
WO2014133043A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13741208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013555312

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20147023414

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13741208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1